Snapshot 62

Add preference to disable native full-screen
Merge branch 'vim'
2026-06-02 11:19:22 +02:00 · 2011-09-18 16:02:14 +02:00 · 2011-09-18 13:41:28 +02:00 · 2011-09-15 12:21:16 +02:00 · 2011-09-14 19:04:40 +02:00 · 2011-09-14 19:04:39 +02:00
482 changed files with 24251 additions and 16368 deletions
@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.mode1
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.mode1v3
 src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/*.pbxuser
+src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/project.xcworkspace
+src/MacVim/MacVim.xcodeproj/xcuserdata
 src/MacVim/icons/*.pyc
 src/MacVim/icons/*.ttf
 src/MacVim/icons/*.reg
@@ -16,6 +18,7 @@ src/MacVim/icons/makeicns/makeicns
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/PSMTabBarControl.xcodeproj/*.mode1
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/PSMTabBarControl.xcodeproj/*.mode1v3
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/PSMTabBarControl.xcodeproj/*.pbxuser
+src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/PSMTabBarControl.xcodeproj/xcuserdata
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/build
 src/MacVim/PSMTabBarControl/build
 src/MacVim/build
@@ -35,3 +38,4 @@ src/po/*.mo
 src/tags
 src/xxd/xxd
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+src/a.out.dSYM
@@ -7,14 +7,15 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/tags

-# We do need src/auto/configure and src/auto/config.mk.
-src/auto/osdef.h
+# We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.aap
 src/auto/config.cache
 src/auto/config.h
 src/auto/config.log
+src/auto/config.mk
 src/auto/config.status
 src/auto/configure.aap
+src/auto/osdef.h
 src/auto/link.log
 src/auto/link.sed
 src/auto/pathdef.c
@@ -42,3 +43,11 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+
+# Generated by "make test"
+src/po/*.ck 
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
+src/testdir/small.vim 
+src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/testdir/test*.out
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
+		src/memfile_test.c \
 		src/memline.c \
 		src/menu.c \
 		src/message.c \
@@ -261,6 +262,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/bigvim.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
+		src/msvc2010.bat \
 		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
@@ -426,9 +428,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
 		src/Make_mint.mak \
-		src/Make_ro.mak \
-		src/gui_riscos.c \
-		src/gui_riscos.h \
 		src/if_sniff.c \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
@@ -436,10 +435,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
 		src/os_mint.h \
-		src/os_riscos.c \
-		src/os_riscos.h \
-		src/proto/gui_riscos.pro \
-		src/proto/os_riscos.pro \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \

@@ -686,6 +681,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.* \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
@@ -23,6 +23,9 @@
 # has run can result in compiling with $(CC) empty.

 first:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
@@ -30,6 +33,9 @@ first:
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
 all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
@@ -13,17 +13,16 @@ src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,

 src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.

-src/gui_riscos.*
-src/os_riscos.*		Files for the RISC OS port.
-
 src/gui_beos.*
 src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.

 src/os_msdos.*
 src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.

-src/gui_mac.*
-src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
+src/gui_mac.*           Carbon GUI (not used)
+src/os_mac*		Shared files for the different Mac ports.
+
+src/MacVim/*		Files for the MacVim port.

 src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.

@@ -1,8 +1,37 @@
 README_mac.txt for version 7.3 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

-This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
+This file explains the installation of MacVim.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
+See "src/MacVim/README" for an overview of the MacVim specific source code.
+
+MacVim uses the usual configure/make steps to build the binary but instead of
+"make install" you just drag the app bundle into the directory you wish to
+install in (usually `/Applications').


-Sorry, this text still needs to be written!
+How to build and install
+========================

+Run `./configure` in the `src/` directory with the flags you want, e.g.:
+
+    $ cd src
+    $ ./configure --with-features=huge \
+                  --enable-rubyinterp \
+                  --enable-pythoninterp \
+                  --enable-perlinterp \
+                  --enable-cscope
+
+Now build the project using `make`:
+
+    $ make
+
+The resulting app bundle will reside under `MacVim/build/Release`.  To try it
+out quickly, type:
+
+    $ open MacVim/build/Release/MacVim.app
+
+To install MacVim, type
+
+    $ open MacVim/build/Release
+
+and drag the MacVim icon into your `Applications` folder.
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Dec 28, 2009
-"  Version:	32
+"  Date:	May 31, 2011
+"  Version:	33
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v32"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v33"
 if &cp
 echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
 finish
@@ -519,6 +519,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+"   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
   if doautoinstall
 "    call Decho(" ")
 "    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
@@ -526,7 +527,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
 "     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
-     let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
     let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
     if !isdirectory(installdir)
      call mkdir(installdir)
@@ -557,6 +558,11 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
+"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
+      exe "silent !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
+"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
     else
 "      call Decho("no decompression needed")
     endif
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 Oct 19
+" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28

 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
  if a:findstart
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 				let cssfiles = styletable + secimportfiles
 				let classes = []
 				for file in cssfiles
+				  	let classlines = []
 					if filereadable(file)
 						let stylesheet = readfile(file)
 						let stylefile = join(stylesheet, ' ')
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 09, 2010
-" Version:		26
+" Date:			May 31, 2011
+" Version:		27
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v26"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v27"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -47,6 +47,17 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
 let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+  else
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+endif
 if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
 if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
@@ -63,17 +74,6 @@ if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
 endif
 let g:tar_copycmd= g:netrw_localcopycmd
 endif
-if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
-  endif
- else
-  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
- endif
-endif
 if !exists("g:tar_extractcmd")
 let g:tar_extractcmd= "tar -xf"
 endif
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
  call setline(lastline+1,'" tar.vim version '.g:loaded_tar)
  call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
  call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
-  $put =''
-  0d
-  $
+  keepj $put =''
+  keepj 0d
+  keepj $

  let tarfile= a:tarfile
  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
@@ -154,26 +154,26 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
  let curlast= line("$")
  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  else
   if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
   endif
 "   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
+   exe "sil! r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
  endif
  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
   redraw!
   echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
   let eikeep= &ei
   set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
   exe "r ".fnameescape(a:tarfile)
   let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj sil! 1d
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
   return
  endif
@@ -286,19 +286,19 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  endif
  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
 "   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  else
   if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  exe "file tarfile::".fnameescape(fname)

  " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj sil! 0d
  set nomod

  let &report= repkeep
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2010 Aug 12
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 05
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -13,10 +13,284 @@
 let s:cpo_sav = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

-func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2)
+" Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
+" the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
+" this. Let the user specify these however since they won't be supported on
+" every system.
+"
+" Note, not all of Vim's supported encodings have a charset to use.
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset: {{{
+let g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset = {
+      \ 'latin1' : 'ISO-8859-1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'ISO-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'ISO-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'ISO-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'ISO-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'ISO-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'ISO-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'ISO-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'ISO-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'ISO-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'ISO-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'KOI8-R',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'KOI8-U',
+      \ 'macroman' : 'macintosh',
+      \ 'cp437' : '',
+      \ 'cp775' : '',
+      \ 'cp850' : '',
+      \ 'cp852' : '',
+      \ 'cp855' : '',
+      \ 'cp857' : '',
+      \ 'cp860' : '',
+      \ 'cp861' : '',
+      \ 'cp862' : '',
+      \ 'cp863' : '',
+      \ 'cp865' : '',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'IBM866',
+      \ 'cp869' : '',
+      \ 'cp874' : '',
+      \ 'cp1250' : 'windows-1250',
+      \ 'cp1251' : 'windows-1251',
+      \ 'cp1253' : 'windows-1253',
+      \ 'cp1254' : 'windows-1254',
+      \ 'cp1255' : 'windows-1255',
+      \ 'cp1256' : 'windows-1256',
+      \ 'cp1257' : 'windows-1257',
+      \ 'cp1258' : 'windows-1258',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'EUC-JP',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp932' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp949' : '',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'EUC-KR',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'GBK',
+      \ 'euc-cn' : 'GB2312',
+      \ 'big5' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'cp950' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset
+" Notes:
+"   1. All UCS/UTF are converted to UTF-8 because it is much better supported
+"   2. Any blank spaces are there because Vim supports it but at least one major
+"      web browser does not according to http://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/Web_Encodings.
+" }}}
+
+" Only automatically find encodings supported natively by Vim, let the user
+" specify the encoding if it's not natively supported. This function is only
+" used when the user specifies the charset, they better know what they are
+" doing!
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding: {{{
+let g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding = {
+      \ 'iso_8859-1:1987' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-ir-100' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'latin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'l1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'ibm819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'cp819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'csisolatin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2:1987' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-ir-101' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'latin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'l2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'csisolatin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3:1988' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-ir-109' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'latin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'l3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'csisolatin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4:1988' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-ir-110' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'latin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'l4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'csisolatin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5:1988' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-ir-144' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'cyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'csisolatincyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6:1987' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-ir-127' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'ecma-114' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'asmo-708' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'arabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'csisolatinarabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7:1987' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-ir-126' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'elot_928' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'ecma-118' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek8' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'csisolatingreek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8:1988' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-ir-138' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'hebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'csisolatinhebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9:1989' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-ir-148' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'latin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'l5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'csisolatin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-ir-157' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'l6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso_8859-10:1992' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'csisolatin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'latin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'iso-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-ir-199' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14:1998' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'latin8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-celtic' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'l8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'iso_8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'latin-9' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'cskoi8r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'koi8-u',
+      \ 'macintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'mac' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'csmacintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'ibm437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cp437' : 'cp437',
+      \ '437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cspc8codepage437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'ibm775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cp775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cspc775baltic' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'ibm850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cp850' : 'cp850',
+      \ '850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cspc850multilingual' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'ibm852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ '852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cspcp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'ibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'cp855' : 'cp855',
+      \ '855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'csibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'ibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'cp857' : 'cp857',
+      \ '857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'csibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'ibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'cp860' : 'cp860',
+      \ '860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'csibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'ibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp861' : 'cp861',
+      \ '861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp-is' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'csibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'ibm862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cp862' : 'cp862',
+      \ '862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cspc862latinhebrew' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'ibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'cp863' : 'cp863',
+      \ '863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'csibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'ibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'cp865' : 'cp865',
+      \ '865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'csibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'ibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'cp866',
+      \ '866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'csibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'ibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp869' : 'cp869',
+      \ '869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp-gr' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'csibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'windows-1250' : 'cp1250',
+      \ 'windows-1251' : 'cp1251',
+      \ 'windows-1253' : 'cp1253',
+      \ 'windows-1254' : 'cp1254',
+      \ 'windows-1255' : 'cp1255',
+      \ 'windows-1256' : 'cp1256',
+      \ 'windows-1257' : 'cp1257',
+      \ 'windows-1258' : 'cp1258',
+      \ 'extended_unix_code_packed_format_for_japanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'cseucpkdfmtjapanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'shift_jis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ms_kanji' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'csshiftjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ibm-thai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'csibmthai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'iso-ir-149' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1989' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ksc_5601' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'korean' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'csksc56011987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'cseuckr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'gbk' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'ms936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'windows-936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'gb_2312-80' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'iso-ir-58' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'chinese' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'csiso58gb231280' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'big5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'csbig5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'utf-8',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-2' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'csunicode' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16be' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'utf-16le',
+      \ 'utf-32' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32be' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32le' : 'ucs-4le',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-4' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'csucs4' : 'ucs-4'
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding
+"}}}
+
+func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
  let s:settings = tohtml#GetUserSettings()

-  if !&diff || s:settings.diff_one_file
+  if !&diff || s:settings.diff_one_file "{{{
    if a:line2 >= a:line1
      let g:html_start_line = a:line1
      let g:html_end_line = a:line2
@@ -24,31 +298,51 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2)
      let g:html_start_line = a:line2
      let g:html_end_line = a:line1
    endif
-    runtime syntax/2html.vim
-  else
+    runtime syntax/2html.vim "}}}
+  else "{{{
    let win_list = []
    let buf_list = []
    windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
    let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
    let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
    for window in win_list
+      " switch to the next buffer to convert
      exe ":" . bufwinnr(window) . "wincmd w"
+
+      " figure out whether current charset and encoding will work, if not
+      " default to UTF-8
+      if !exists('g:html_use_encoding') &&
+	    \ (((&l:fileencoding=='' || (&l:buftype!='' && &l:buftype!=?'help'))
+	    \      && &encoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	    \ || &l:fileencoding!='' && &l:fileencoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: mismatched file encodings in Diff buffers, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
+	let s:settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
+	let s:settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
+      endif
+
+      " set up for diff-mode conversion
      let g:html_start_line = 1
      let g:html_end_line = line('$')
      let g:html_diff_win_num += 1
+
+      " convert this file
      runtime syntax/2html.vim
+
+      " remember the HTML buffer for later combination
      call add(buf_list, bufnr('%'))
    endfor
    unlet g:html_diff_win_num
    call tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
-  endif
+  endif "}}}

  unlet g:html_start_line
  unlet g:html_end_line
  unlet s:settings
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}

-func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
+func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
  let xml_line = ""
  let tag_close = '>'

@@ -87,7 +381,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
  call add(html, '<head>')

  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
-  " contained in XML information (to avoid haggling over content type)
+  " contained in XML information
  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
  endif
@@ -133,7 +427,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
      let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
    endif

-    " Grab the style information.  Some of this will be duplicated...
+    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+    " it if it's not already there. {{{
    1
    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
    1
@@ -151,8 +446,10 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	  let insert_index += 1
 	endif
      endfor
-    endif
+    endif " }}}

+    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+    " properly overrides normal highlight
    if diff_style_start != 0
      let insert_index = diff_style_start
    endif
@@ -203,6 +500,20 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
  " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
  " it is empty before proceeding
  %d
+
+  " set the fileencoding to match the charset we'll be using
+  let &l:fileencoding=s:settings.vim_encoding
+
+  " According to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/charset.html#doc-char-set, the byte
+  " order mark is highly recommend on the web when using multibyte encodings. But,
+  " it is not a good idea to include it on UTF-8 files. Otherwise, let Vim
+  " determine when it is actually inserted.
+  if s:settings.vim_encoding == 'utf-8'
+    setlocal nobomb
+  else
+    setlocal bomb
+  endif
+
  call append(0, html)

  if len(style) > 0
@@ -210,7 +521,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
    let style_start = search('^</head>')-1

    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " if dynamic folding is active.
+    " if dynamic folding is active. {{{
    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
      call append(style_start, [
 	    \  "<script type='text/javascript'>",
@@ -234,13 +545,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : "  -->",
 	    \  "</script>"
 	    \ ])
-    endif
+    endif "}}}

    " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
    " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
    " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
    " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
-    " is pretty useless for really long lines.
+    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
    if s:settings.use_css
      call append(style_start,
 	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
@@ -252,28 +563,28 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
 	    \   '</style>'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+	    \])
+    endif "}}}
  endif

  let &paste = s:old_paste
  let &magic = s:old_magic
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}

 " Gets a single user option and sets it in the passed-in Dict, or gives it the
 " default value if the option doesn't actually exist.
-func! tohtml#GetOption(settings, option, default)
+func! tohtml#GetOption(settings, option, default) "{{{
  if exists('g:html_'.a:option)
    let a:settings[a:option] = g:html_{a:option}
  else
    let a:settings[a:option] = a:default
  endif
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}

 " returns a Dict containing the values of all user options for 2html, including
 " default values for those not given an explicit value by the user. Discards the
 " html_ prefix of the option for nicer looking code.
-func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
+func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
  if exists('s:settings')
    " just restore the known options if we've already retrieved them
    return s:settings
@@ -289,21 +600,23 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
      let g:html_use_xhtml = g:use_xhtml
    endif

-    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress',  !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines',  &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css',  1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml',  0 )
+    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    " }}}
    
-    " override those settings that need it
+    " override those settings that need it {{{

    " hover opening implies dynamic folding
    if user_settings.hover_unfold
@@ -332,47 +645,114 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
      let user_settings.no_pre = 1
    endif

-    " Figure out proper MIME charset from the 'encoding' option.
-    if exists("g:html_use_encoding")
-      let user_settings.encoding = g:html_use_encoding
-    else
-      let vim_encoding = &encoding
-      if vim_encoding =~ '^8bit\|^2byte'
-	let vim_encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, '^8bit-\|^2byte-', '', '')
-      endif
-      if vim_encoding == 'latin1'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'iso-8859-1'
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ "^cp12"
-	let user_settings.encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, 'cp', 'windows-', '')
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'sjis' || vim_encoding == 'cp932'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'Shift_JIS'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'big5' || vim_encoding == 'cp950'
-	let user_settings.encoding = "Big5"
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'euc-cn'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'GB_2312-80'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'euc-tw'
-	let user_settings.encoding = ""
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ '^euc\|^iso\|^koi'
-	let user_settings.encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, '.*', '\U\0', '')
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'cp949'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'KS_C_5601-1987'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'cp936'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'GBK'
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ '^ucs\|^utf'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
-      else
-	let user_settings.encoding = ""
-      endif
+    " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
+    if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
    endif
+    "}}}
+
+    " set up expand_tabs option after all the overrides so we know the
+    " appropriate defaults {{{
+    if user_settings.no_pre == 0
+      call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,
+	    \ 'expand_tabs',
+	    \ &expandtab || &ts != 8 || user_settings.number_lines ||
+	    \   (user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn))
+    else
+      let user_settings.expand_tabs = 1
+    endif
+    " }}}
+
+    if exists("g:html_use_encoding") "{{{
+      " user specified the desired MIME charset, figure out proper
+      " 'fileencoding' from it or warn the user if we cannot
+      let user_settings.encoding = g:html_use_encoding
+      let user_settings.vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(g:html_use_encoding)
+      if user_settings.vim_encoding == ''
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: file encoding for"
+	      \ g:html_use_encoding
+	      \ "unknown, please set 'fileencoding'"
+	echohl None
+      endif
+    else
+      " Figure out proper MIME charset from 'fileencoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding != '' 
+	" If the buffer is not a "normal" type, the 'fileencoding' value may not
+	" be trusted; since the buffer should not be written the fileencoding is
+	" not intended to be used.
+	if &l:buftype=='' || &l:buftype==?'help'
+	  let user_settings.vim_encoding = &l:fileencoding
+	  call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+	else
+	  let user_settings.encoding = '' " trigger detection using &encoding
+	endif
+      endif
+
+      " else from 'encoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding == '' || user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = &encoding
+	call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+      endif
+
+      " else default to UTF-8 and warn user
+      if user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
+	let user_settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: couldn't determine MIME charset, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
+      endif
+    endif "}}}

    " TODO: font

    return user_settings
  endif
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}
+
+" get the proper HTML charset name from a Vim encoding option.
+function! tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(settings) "{{{
+  let l:vim_encoding = a:settings.vim_encoding
+  if exists('g:html_charset_override') && has_key(g:html_charset_override, l:vim_encoding)
+    let a:settings.encoding = g:html_charset_override[l:vim_encoding]
+  else
+    if l:vim_encoding =~ '^8bit\|^2byte'
+      " 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes are to indicate encodings available on the
+      " system that Vim will convert with iconv(), look up just the encoding name,
+      " not Vim's prefix.
+      let l:vim_encoding = substitute(l:vim_encoding, '^8bit-\|^2byte-', '', '')
+    endif
+    if has_key(g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset, l:vim_encoding)
+      let a:settings.encoding = g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset[l:vim_encoding]
+    else
+      let a:settings.encoding = ""
+    endif
+  endif
+  if a:settings.encoding != ""
+    let l:vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(a:settings.encoding)
+    if l:vim_encoding != ""
+      " if the Vim encoding to HTML encoding conversion is set up (by default or
+      " by the user) to convert to a different encoding, we need to also change
+      " the Vim encoding of the new buffer
+      let a:settings.vim_encoding = l:vim_encoding
+    endif
+  endif
+endfun "}}}
+
+" Get the proper Vim encoding option setting from an HTML charset name.
+function! tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(encoding) "{{{
+  if exists('g:html_encoding_override') && has_key(g:html_encoding_override, a:encoding)
+    return g:html_encoding_override[a:encoding]
+  elseif has_key(g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding, tolower(a:encoding))
+    return g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding[tolower(a:encoding)]
+  else
+    return ""
+  endif
+endfun "}}}

 let &cpo = s:cpo_sav
 unlet s:cpo_sav

 " Make sure any patches will probably use consistent indent
-"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet
+"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet fdm=marker
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	31
+" Date:		Apr 02, 2011
+" Version:	33
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v31"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v33"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ endif
 " vimball#MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
 " Input:
 "     line1,line2: a range of lines containing paths to files to be included in the vimball
-"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vba, even if it exists
+"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vmb, even if it exists
 "                  (usually accomplished with :MkVimball! ...
-"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vba)
-" Output: a filename.vba using vimball format:
+"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vmb)
+" Output: a filename.vmb using vimball format:
 "     path
 "     filesize
 "     [file]
@@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ endif
 fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
 "  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
  if a:1 =~ '\.vim$' || a:1 =~ '\.txt$'
-   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vba','')
+   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vmb','')
  else
   let vbname= a:1
  endif
-  if vbname !~ '\.vba$'
-   let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
+  if vbname !~ '\.vmb$'
+   let vbname= vbname.'.vmb'
  endif
 "  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
  if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   " create/switch to mkvimball tab
   if !exists("vbtabnr")
    tabnew
-    silent! file Vimball
+    sil! file Vimball
    let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
   else
    exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)

  if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !exists('*fnameescape'))
-   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function"
-"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299")
+   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function (pls upgrade to vim 7.2 or later)"
+"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299 or later")
   return
  endif

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  " set up vimball tab
 "  call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
  tabnew
-  silent! file Vimball
+  sil! file Vimball
  let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
  let didhelp= ""

@@ -254,11 +254,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
   let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
   let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-"   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
   let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
-   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\+\)$','\1','')
+   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\{-}\)$','\1','')
   let filecnt = filecnt + 1
-"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
+"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt. " fenc=".fenc)

   if a:really
    echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
@@ -306,20 +305,22 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   let linenr   = linenr + 2
   let lastline = linenr + fsize - 1
 "   call Decho("exe ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a")
-   exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
+   " no point in handling a zero-length file
+   if lastline >= linenr
+    exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"

-   " copy "a" buffer into tab
+    " copy "a" buffer into tab
 "   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
-   setlocal ma
-   silent! %d
-   silent put a
-   1
-   silent d
+    exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+    setlocal ma
+    sil! %d
+    silent put a
+    1
+    sil! d

-   " write tab to file
-   if a:really
-    let fnamepath= home."/".fname
+    " write tab to file
+    if a:really
+     let fnamepath= home."/".fname
 "    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
 	if fenc != ""
 	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
@@ -328,17 +329,18 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 	endif
 	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
 	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
-   endif
+    endif

-   " return to tab with vimball
+    " return to tab with vimball
 "   call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+    exe "tabn ".curtabnr

-   " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
+    " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
 "   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
-   if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
-   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
+    if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
+    	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
 "	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+    endif
   endif

   " update for next file
@@ -400,7 +402,9 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
   let curfile= a:1
 "   call Decho("case a:0=".a:0.": curfile<".curfile.">")
  endif
-  if curfile =~ '\.vba$'
+  if curfile =~ '\.vmb$'
+   let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
+  elseif curfile =~ '\.vba$'
   let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
  endif
  if a:0 >= 2
@@ -418,13 +422,17 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
 "   call Decho(".VimballRecord is readable")
 "   call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
   keepalt keepjumps 1split 
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
   let keepsrch= @/
 "   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\mvba: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m{vba|vmb}: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.{vba|vmb}: ')
   if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvmb: ",'cw')
+	let foundit= 2
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vmb: ','cw')
+	let foundit= 2
   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
@@ -433,25 +441,29 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    let foundit = 0
   endif
   if foundit
-	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	if foundit == 1
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	else
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vmb: ','','')
+	endif
    let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
    let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps d
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps d
 	let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
 "	call Decho("exestring<".exestring.">")
 	echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
   else
    let s:VBRstring= ''
-	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
+	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
 "    call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
     call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(RmVimball) unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	endif
   endif
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
   let @/= keepsrch
  endif
  call s:ChgDir(curdir)
@@ -599,7 +611,7 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
   let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
 "   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")

-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
   setlocal ma
   $
   if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -616,8 +628,8 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)

   " put command into buffer, write .VimballRecord `file
   keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)

   if exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -693,10 +705,11 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
  let s:repkeep = &report
  let s:vekeep  = &ve
  let s:ffkeep  = &l:ff
+  let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
  if exists("&acd")
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
  else
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
  endif
  " vimballs should be in unix format
  setlocal ff=unix
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	23
+" Date:		May 24, 2011
+" Version:	24
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v23"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v24"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -103,38 +103,26 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
  set ft=tar

  " give header
-  let lastline= line("$")
-  call setline(lastline+1,'" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip)
-  call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile)
-  call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
-  $put =''
-  0d
-  $
+  call append(0, ['" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip,
+                \ '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
+                \ '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
+  keepj $

 "  call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
+  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
   echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (zip#Browse) ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)." is not a zip file" | echohl None
 "   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
   let eikeep= &ei
   set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
-   exe "r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "keepj r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
   let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj 1d
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse")
   return
  endif
-"  call Decho("line 6: ".getline(6))
-  let namecol= stridx(getline(6),'Name') + 1
-"  call Decho("namecol=".namecol)
-  4,$g/^\s*----/d
-  4,$g/^\s*\a/d
-  $d
-  if namecol > 0
-   exe 'silent 4,$s/^.*\%'.namecol.'c//'
-  endif

  setlocal noma nomod ro
  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
@@ -205,11 +193,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")

-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1)
+"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  filetype detect

  " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj 0d
  set nomod

  let &report= repkeep
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	ms C#
-" Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
+" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:	2011 Apr 21

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,8 +13,9 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-" default errorformat
 CompilerSet errorformat&
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m

-" default make
 CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Compiler: G95
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3492
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-g95.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'g95'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%AIn\ file\ %f:%l,
+            \%-C%p1,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning\ (%n):\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2010-05-30
+" Latest Revision:  2010-10-14

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
      \\"%f\"%*\\D%l:\ %m,
      \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ (Each\ undeclared\ identifier\ is\ reported\ only\ once,
      \%-G%f:%l:\ %trror:\ for\ each\ function\ it\ appears\ in.),
-      \%f:%l:%c:\ %terror:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
-      \%f:%l:\ %terror:\ %m,
+      \%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:\ %m,
      \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Compiler: GNU Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3496
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-gfortran.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'gfortran'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f:%l.%c:,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning:\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Compiler: Intel Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.1
+" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3497
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-ifort.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'ifort'
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %trror\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %tarning\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%p^,
+            \%-G%.%#
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 13


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 		:set arabic
 <
   The two above noted possible invocations are the preferred manner
-   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Baring an enabled 'termbidi'
+   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Barring an enabled 'termbidi'
   setting, both command options:

     1. set the appropriate keymap
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -299,6 +299,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
+			inserting it

 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme

@@ -446,6 +448,9 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 				'modified' if successful, unless '+' is in
 				'cpo' and writing to another file |cpo-+|.
 				The buffer contents should not be changed.
+				When the command resets 'modified' the undo
+				information is adjusted to mark older undo
+				states as 'modified', like |:write| does.
 				|Cmd-event|
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
@@ -506,6 +511,7 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
 				not expect or that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
@@ -657,6 +663,17 @@ InsertChange			When typing <Insert> while in Insert or
 				indicates the new mode.
 				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
 				anything else that the user does not expect.
+							*InsertCharPre*
+InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
+				before inserting the char.
+				The |v:char| variable indicates the char typed
+				and can be changed during the event to insert
+				a different character.  When |v:char| is set
+				to more than one character this text is
+				inserted literally.
+				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+				The event is not triggered when 'paste' is
+				set.
 							*InsertEnter*
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
@@ -786,7 +803,10 @@ TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
 				can be used to do things depending on the
-				terminal version.
+				terminal version.  Note that this event may be
+				triggered halfway executing another event,
+				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
+				anything else that takes time is involved.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 29
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -522,11 +522,11 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 ={motion}		Filter {motion} lines through the external program
 			given with the 'equalprg' option.  When the 'equalprg'
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
-			internal formatting function |C-indenting|.  But when
-			'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used instead
-			|indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled without
-			internal formatting then the "indent" program is used
-			as a last resort.
+			internal formatting function |C-indenting| and
+			|'lisp'|.  But when 'indentexpr' is not empty, it will
+			be used instead |indent-expression|.  When Vim was
+			compiled without internal formatting then the "indent"
+			program is used as a last resort.

 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -690,7 +690,8 @@ reason is that the flags can only be found by skipping the pattern, and in
 order to skip the pattern the "magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!

 If the {pattern} for the substitute command is empty, the command uses the
-pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  With the [r] flag, the
+pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  If there is none, but
+there is a previous search pattern, that one is used.  With the [r] flag, the
 command uses the pattern from the last substitute, ":global", or search
 command.

@@ -716,11 +717,13 @@ Otherwise it works on whole lines anyway.

 					*sub-replace-special* *:s\=*
 When the {string} starts with "\=" it is evaluated as an expression, see
-|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for any special characters.
+|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for complex replacement or special
+characters.
+
 Otherwise these characters in {string} have a special meaning:
 								*:s%*
 When {string} is equal to "%" and '/' is included with the 'cpoptions' option,
-then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used. |cpo-/|
+then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used, see |cpo-/|

 magic	nomagic	  action    ~
  &	  \&	  replaced with the whole matched pattern	     *s/\&*
@@ -755,6 +758,14 @@ magic	nomagic	  action    ~
      \x	  where x is any character not mentioned above:
 		  Reserved for future expansion

+The special meaning is also used inside the third argument {sub} of
+the |substitute()| function with the following exceptions:
+  - A % inserts a percent literally without regard to 'cpoptions'.
+  - magic is always set without regard to 'magic'.
+  - A ~ inserts a tilde literally.
+  - <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M).
+  - \<CR> does not have a special meaning. it's just one of \x.
+
 Examples: >
  :s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g		 modifies "a b"	     to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx"
  :s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g	 modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
@@ -786,17 +797,19 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
-expression.  This does not work recursively: a substitute() function inside
+expression.  This does not work recursively: a |substitute()| function inside
 the expression cannot use "\=" for the substitute string.

 The special meaning for characters as mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does
-not apply except for "<CR>", "\<CR>" and "\\".  Thus in the result of the
-expression you need to use two backslashes to get one, put a backslash before a
-<CR> you want to insert, and use a <CR> without a backslash where you want to
-break the line.
+not apply except for "<CR>".  A <NL> character is used as a line break, you
+can get one with a double-quote string: "\n".  Prepend a backslash to get a
+real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).

-For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break.  Prepend a
-backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
+The "\=" notation can also be used inside the third argument {sub} of
+|substitute()| function.  In this case, the special meaning for characters as
+mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does not apply at all. Especially, <CR> and
+<NL> are interpreted not as a line break but as a carriage-return and a
+new-line respectively.

 When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
 breaks.  Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
@@ -916,8 +929,10 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 {Visual}["x]Y		Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
 			{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).  {not in Vi}

-							*:y* *:yank*
-:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x].
+							*:y* *:yank* *E850*
+:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the
+			"* or "+ registers is possible only when the
+			|+clipboard| feature is included.

 :[range]y[ank] [x] {count}
 			Yank {count} lines, starting with last line number
@@ -1387,16 +1402,19 @@ before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
 alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.

+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
+which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+without requiring the middle part to end with a space.

 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
-(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string >
-	sr:/***,m:**,ex2:******/
-
-                                   /***
-                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag
-                                     **
-offset 2 spaces from the "2" flag--->**
-                                   ******/
+(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string: >
+	:set comments=sr:/***,m:**,ex-2:******/
+<
+                                   /*** ~
+                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag ~
+                                     ** ~
+offset 2 spaces for the "-2" flag--->** ~
+                                   ******/ ~
 In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
 then "/" was pressed to end the comment.

@@ -1414,8 +1432,8 @@ Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
 alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
 formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional options
 for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many three piece
-indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' is has the ability to work better
-with three piece comments.
+indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' has the ability to work better with
+three piece comments.

 Other examples: >
   "b:*"	Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 07
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.

-							*c_<Left>*
+							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
-							*c_<Right>*
+							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
 <Right>		cursor right
 							*c_<S-Left>*
 <S-Left> or <C-Left>					*c_<C-Left>*
@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 							*c_<S-Right>*
 <S-Right> or <C-Right>					*c_<C-Right>*
 		cursor one WORD right
-CTRL-B or <Home>					*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>*
+CTRL-B or <Home>				*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>* *c_Home*
 		cursor to beginning of command-line
-CTRL-E or <End>						*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>*
+CTRL-E or <End>					*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>* *c_End*
 		cursor to end of command-line

 							*c_<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>	Move the cursor to the position of the mouse click.

-CTRL-H							*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H*
+CTRL-H						*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H* *c_BS*
 <BS>		Delete the character in front of the cursor (see |:fixdel| if
 		your <BS> key does not do what you want).
-							*c_<Del>*
+							*c_<Del>* *c_Del*
 <Del>		Delete the character under the cursor (at end of line:
 		character before the cursor) (see |:fixdel| if your <Del>
 		key does not do what you want).
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ CTRL-U		Remove all characters between the cursor position and
 		preferred behavior, add the following to your .vimrc: >
 			:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
 <
-							*c_<Insert>*
+						*c_<Insert>* *c_Insert*
 <Insert>	Toggle between insert and overstrike.  {not in Vi}

 {char1} <BS> {char2}	or				*c_digraph*
@@ -224,9 +224,9 @@ CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
 		the clipboard. |modeless-selection|
 		If there is no selection CTRL-Y is inserted as a character.

-CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
+CTRL-J					*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>* *c_CR*
 <CR> or <NL>	start entered command
-							*c_<Esc>*
+							*c_<Esc>* *c_Esc*
 <Esc>		When typed and 'x' not present in 'cpoptions', quit
 		Command-line mode without executing.  In macros or when 'x'
 		present in 'cpoptions', start entered command.
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@ CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
 							*c_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		quit command-line without executing

-							*c_<Up>*
+							*c_<Up>* *c_Up*
 <Up>		recall older command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
-							*c_<Down>*
+							*c_<Down>* *c_Down*
 <Down>		recall more recent command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
@@ -372,10 +372,10 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.

-When Vim was compiled with the |+cmdline_compl| feature disabled, only file
-names, directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item
-matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are
-very many matches.
+When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
+directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
+is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
+matches.

 These are the commands that can be used:

@@ -423,7 +423,8 @@ CTRL-L		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  If

 The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
 a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
-'?' are accepted.  '*' matches any string, '?' matches exactly one character.
+'?' are accepted when matching file names.  '*' matches any string, '?'
+matches exactly one character.

 If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
 	:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
@@ -781,30 +782,34 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
 			       *:<abuf>* *<abuf>* *:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
-			       *E495* *E496* *E497* *E498* *E499* *E500*
+			       *<slnum>* *E495* *E496* *E497* *E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
-	<afile>    when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
-		   for a file read or write
-	<abuf>     when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
+	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
+		   for a file read or write.
+	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
 		   buffer).
-	<amatch>   when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
+	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  It differs from
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
-	<sfile>    when executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file;
-		   when executing a function, is replaced with
+	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with
 		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
 		   indicated like this:
 		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
 		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
 		   a function.
+	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+	           line number.  *E842*
+		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
+		   the start of the function.

 							 *filename-modifiers*
 	 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs*
@@ -860,7 +865,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		After this, the previous modifiers can be used again.  For
 		example ":p", to make a full path after the substitution.
 	:gs?pat?sub?
-		Substitute all occurrences of "path" with "sub".  Otherwise
+		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".

 Examples, when the file name is "src/version.c", current dir
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,8 +21,9 @@ When Vim crashes in one of the test files, and you are using gcc for
 compilation, here is what you can do to find out exactly where Vim crashes.
 This also applies when using the MingW tools.

-1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the Makefile for this,
-   which you can uncomment).
+1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the src/Makefile for
+   this, which you can uncomment).  Also make sure "strip" is disabled (do not
+   install it, or use the line "STRIP = /bin/true").

 2. Execute these commands (replace "11" with the test that fails): >
 	cd testdir
@@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ If the Windows version of Vim crashes in a reproducible manner, you can take
 some steps to provide a useful bug report.


-GENERIC ~
+3.1 GENERIC ~

 You must obtain the debugger symbols (PDB) file for your executable: gvim.pdb
 for gvim.exe, or vim.pdb for vim.exe. The PDB should be available from the
@@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ a Vim executable compiled with the Borland compiler; gdb (see above


 								*debug-vs2005*
-2.2 Debugging Vim crashes with Visual Studio 2005/Visual C++ 2005 Express ~
+3.2 Debugging Vim crashes with Visual Studio 2005/Visual C++ 2005 Express ~

 First launch vim.exe or gvim.exe and then launch Visual Studio.  (If you don't
 have Visual Studio, follow the instructions at |get-ms-debuggers| to obtain a
@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ installed as a just-in-time debugger. Use WinDbg, |debug-windbg|, if you
 need to save minidumps or you want a just-in-time (postmortem) debugger.

 								*debug-windbg*
-2.3 Debugging Vim crashes with WinDbg ~
+3.3 Debugging Vim crashes with WinDbg ~

 See |get-ms-debuggers| to obtain a copy of WinDbg.

@@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ To save a minidump, type the following at the WinDbg command line: >
        .dump vim.dmp
 <
 							*debug-minidump*
-2.4 Opening a Minidump ~
+3.4 Opening a Minidump ~

 If you have a minidump file, you can open it in Visual Studio or in WinDbg.

@@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ In WinDbg: choose Open Crash Dump on the File menu. Follow the instructions in
 |debug-windbg| to set the Symbol File Path.

 							*get-ms-debuggers*
-2.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
+3.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~

 The Debugging Tools for Windows (including WinDbg) can be downloaded from
    http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/default.mspx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 31
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Apr 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ in diff mode in one window and "normal" in another window.  It is also
 possible to view the changes you have made to a buffer since the file was
 loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
-	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis
-	 	\ | wincmd p | diffthis
+	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
+	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
 (this is in |vimrc_example.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences
 between the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.

@@ -261,10 +261,12 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 							*do*
 do		Same as ":diffget" without argument or range.  The "o" stands
 		for "obtain" ("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of
-		"dgg"!).
+		"dgg"!). Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.

 							*dp*
 dp		Same as ":diffput" without argument or range.
+		Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+

 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
 affected.  When [range] is used, Vim tries to only put or get the specified
@@ -371,9 +373,9 @@ get an error message.  Possible causes:
 If it's not clear what the problem is set the 'verbose' option to one or more
 to see more messages.

-The self-installing Vim includes a diff program.  If you don't have it you
-might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
-http://jlb.twu.net/code/unixkit.php.
+The self-installing Vim for MS-Windows includes a diff program.  If you don't
+have it you might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/diffutils.htm.


 USING PATCHES					*diff-patchexpr*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 28
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -276,10 +276,11 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			'readonly' option for this buffer.  {not in Vi}

 							*CTRL-^* *CTRL-6*
-CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
-			Mostly the alternate file is the previously edited
-			file.  This is a quick way to toggle between two
-			files.
+CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
+			the previously edited file.  This is a quick way to
+			toggle between two files.  It is equivalent to ":e #",
+			except that it also works when there is no file name.
+
 			If the 'autowrite' or 'autowriteall' option is on and
 			the buffer was changed, write it.
 			Mostly the ^ character is positioned on the 6 key,
@@ -984,6 +985,11 @@ explanation of when the copy is made and when the file is renamed.
 If the creation of a backup file fails, the write is not done.  If you want
 to write anyway add a '!' to the command.

+							*write-permissions*
+When writing a new file the permissions are read-write.  For unix the mask is
+0666 with additionally umask applied.  When writing a file that was read Vim
+will preserve the permissions, but clear the s-bit.
+
 							*write-readonly*
 When the 'cpoptions' option contains 'W', Vim will refuse to overwrite a
 readonly file.  When 'W' is not present, ":w!" will overwrite a readonly file,
@@ -1340,7 +1346,7 @@ Vim is able to write files encrypted, and read them back.  The encrypted text
 cannot be read without the right key.
 {only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*

-The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.
+The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*

 Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
 to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
@@ -1382,6 +1388,8 @@ To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
 |vimrc| file: >
 	set cm=zip
 	set cm=blowfish
+The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.

 When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
 in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
@@ -1431,13 +1439,15 @@ Notes:
  history, showing the 'key' value in a viminfo file.
 - There is never 100% safety.  The encryption in Vim has not been tested for
  robustness.
- The algorithm used is breakable.  A 4 character key in about one hour, a 6
-  character key in one day (on a Pentium 133 PC).  This requires that you know
-  some text that must appear in the file.  An expert can break it for any key.
-  When the text has been decrypted, this also means that the key can be
-  revealed, and other files encrypted with the same key can be decrypted.
- Pkzip uses the same encryption, and US Govt has no objection to its export.
-  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this algorithm in detail.
+- The algorithm used for 'cryptmethod' "zip" is breakable.  A 4 character key
+  in about one hour, a 6 character key in one day (on a Pentium 133 PC).  This
+  requires that you know some text that must appear in the file.  An expert
+  can break it for any key.  When the text has been decrypted, this also means
+  that the key can be revealed, and other files encrypted with the same key
+  can be decrypted.
+- Pkzip uses the same encryption as 'cryptmethod' "zip", and US Govt has no
+  objection to its export.  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this
+  algorithm in detail.
 - Vim originates from the Netherlands.  That is where the sources come from.
  Thus the encryption code is not exported from the USA.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ done, the features in this document are not available.	See |+eval| and
 							*E712*
 There are six types of variables:

-Number		A 32 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177

 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
@@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
 are used.

 Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
-the Number.  Examples: >
-	Number 123	-->	String "123"
-	Number 0	-->	String "0"
-	Number -1	-->	String "-1"
+the Number.  Examples:
+	Number 123	-->	String "123" ~
+	Number 0	-->	String "0" ~
+	Number -1	-->	String "-1" ~
 							*octal*
 Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
 to a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized.  If
-the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.  Examples: >
-	String "456"	-->	Number 456
-	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6
-	String "foo"	-->	Number 0
-	String "0xf1"	-->	Number 241
-	String "0100"	-->	Number 64
-	String "-8"	-->	Number -8
-	String "+8"	-->	Number 0
+the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.  Examples:
+	String "456"	-->	Number 456 ~
+	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6 ~
+	String "foo"	-->	Number 0 ~
+	String "0xf1"	-->	Number 241 ~
+	String "0100"	-->	Number 64 ~
+	String "-8"	-->	Number -8 ~
+	String "+8"	-->	Number 0 ~

 To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
 	:echo "0100" + 0
@@ -721,7 +721,8 @@ if it evaluates to true.
 			*expr-<#*  *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
 			*expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?*  *expr->=?*
 			*expr-<?*  *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
-			*expr-is*
+			*expr-is* *expr-isnot* *expr-is#* *expr-isnot#*
+			*expr-is?* *expr-isnot?*
 		use 'ignorecase'    match case	   ignore case ~
 equal			==		==#		==?
 not equal		!=		!=#		!=?
@@ -731,8 +732,8 @@ smaller than		<		<#		<?
 smaller than or equal	<=		<=#		<=?
 regexp matches		=~		=~#		=~?
 regexp doesn't match	!~		!~#		!~?
-same instance		is
-different instance	isnot
+same instance		is		is#		is?
+different instance	isnot		isnot#		isnot?

 Examples:
 "abc" ==# "Abc"	  evaluates to 0
@@ -753,12 +754,14 @@ recursively.  Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
 A |Funcref| can only be compared with a |Funcref| and only "equal" and "not
 equal" can be used.  Case is never ignored.

-When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| this checks if the expressions are
-referring to the same |List| instance.	A copy of a |List| is different from
-the original |List|.  When using "is" without a |List| it is equivalent to
-using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a
-different type means the values are different.	"4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
-is false.
+When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| or a |Dictionary| this checks if the
+expressions are referring to the same |List| or |Dictionary| instance.  A copy
+of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
+a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
+equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
+values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
+false and not a error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
+and ignore case.

 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
 and the comparison is done on Numbers.	This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
@@ -1115,8 +1118,8 @@ See below |functions|.


 ==============================================================================
-3. Internal variable				*internal-variables* *E121*
-									*E461*
+3. Internal variable				*internal-variables* *E461*
+
 An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'.  But it
 cannot start with a digit.  It's also possible to use curly braces, see
 |curly-braces-names|.
@@ -1286,11 +1289,14 @@ v:beval_text	The text under or after the mouse pointer.  Usually a word as

 					*v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
 v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
-		valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
+		valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.  The first
+		window has number zero (unlike most other places where a
+		window gets a number).

 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.

 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1542,8 +1548,11 @@ v:progname	Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
 		Read-only.

 					*v:register* *register-variable*
-v:register	The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
-		command.  Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
+v:register	The name of the register in effect for the current normal mode
+		command.  If none is supplied it is the default register '"',
+		unless 'clipboard' contains "unnamed" or "unnamedplus", then
+		it is '*' or '+'.
+		Also see |getreg()| and |setreg()|

 					*v:scrollstart* *scrollstart-variable*
 v:scrollstart	String describing the script or function that caused the
@@ -1657,6 +1666,15 @@ v:version	Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
 					*v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
 v:warningmsg	Last given warning message.  It's allowed to set this variable.

+					*v:windowid* *windowid-variable*
+v:windowid	When any X11 based GUI is running or when running in a
+		terminal and Vim connects to the X server (|-X|) this will be
+		set to the window ID.
+		When an MS-Windows GUI is running this will be set to the
+		window handle.
+		Otherwise the value is zero.
+		Note: for windows inside Vim use |winnr()|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 4. Builtin Functions					*functions*

@@ -1822,7 +1840,7 @@ localtime()			Number	current time
 log( {expr})			Float	natural logarithm (base e) of {expr}
 log10( {expr})			Float	logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10
 map( {expr}, {string})		List/Dict  change each item in {expr} to {expr}
-maparg( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
+maparg( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 				String	rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
@@ -1904,14 +1922,15 @@ shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 simplify( {filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin( {expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
-sort( {list} [, {func}])	List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
+sort( {list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
+				List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
 soundfold( {word})		String	sound-fold {word}
 spellbadword()			String	badly spelled word at cursor
 spellsuggest( {word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
 				List	spelling suggestions
 split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
 				List	make |List| from {pat} separated {expr}
-sqrt( {expr}			Float	squar root of {expr}
+sqrt( {expr})			Float	square root of {expr}
 str2float( {expr})		Float	convert String to Float
 str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])	Number	convert String to Number
 strchars( {expr})		Number	character length of the String {expr}
@@ -1927,13 +1946,14 @@ strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans( {expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
 strwidth( {expr})		Number	display cell length of the String {expr}
-submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":substitute"
+submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
 synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
 synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
 				String	attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
 synIDtrans( {synID})		Number	translated syntax ID of {synID}
+synconcealed( {lnum}, {col})	List    info about concealing
 synstack( {lnum}, {col})	List	stack of syntax IDs at {lnum} and {col}
 system( {expr} [, {input}])	String	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist( [{arg}])	List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
@@ -1949,7 +1969,7 @@ tolower( {expr})		String	the String {expr} switched to lowercase
 toupper( {expr})		String	the String {expr} switched to uppercase
 tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
 					to chars in {tostr}
-trunc( {expr}			Float	truncate Float {expr}
+trunc( {expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
 type( {name})			Number	type of variable {name}
 undofile( {name})		String	undo file name for {name}
 undotree()			List	undo file tree
@@ -2257,7 +2277,8 @@ char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
 <		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("á")		returns 225
 			char2nr("á"[0])		returns 195
-<		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
+<		A combining character is a separate character.
+		|nr2char()| does the opposite.

 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
 		Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
@@ -2710,7 +2731,7 @@ exp({expr})						*exp()*

 expand({expr} [, {flag}])				*expand()*
 		Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
-		The result is a String.
+		The result is a String.  'wildignorecase' applies.

 		When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
 		characters.  [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
@@ -2731,6 +2752,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {flag}])				*expand()*
 			<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
 			<amatch>	autocmd matched name
 			<sfile>		sourced script file name
+			<slnum>		sourced script file line number
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
 			<client>	the {clientid} of the last received
@@ -3424,6 +3446,7 @@ glob({expr} [, {flag}])					*glob()*
 		the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
 		one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
 		'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
+		'wildignorecase' always applies.
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
 		A name for a non-existing file is not included.

@@ -3966,23 +3989,51 @@ map({expr}, {string})					*map()*
 		further items in {expr} are processed.


-maparg({name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*maparg()*
-		Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}.  When there
-		is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
+maparg({name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
+		When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
+		{name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
+		characters translated like in the output of the ":map" command
+		listing.
+		
+		When there is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is
+		returned.
+
+		The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
+		command.
+
 		{mode} can be one of these strings:
 			"n"	Normal
-			"v"	Visual
+			"v"	Visual (including Select)
 			"o"	Operator-pending
 			"i"	Insert
 			"c"	Cmd-line
+			"s"	Select
+			"x"	Visual
 			"l"	langmap |language-mapping|
 			""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
 		When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
+
 		When {abbr} is there and it is non-zero use abbreviations
 		instead of mappings.
-		The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
-		command.  The returned String has special characters
-		translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
+
+		When {dict} is there and it is non-zero return a dictionary
+		containing all the information of the mapping with the
+		following items:
+		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping.
+		  "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
+		  "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
+		  "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
+		  "expr"     1 for an expression mapping (|:map-<expr>|).
+		  "buffer"   1 for a buffer local mapping (|:map-local|).
+		  "mode"     Modes for which the mapping is defined. In
+			     addition to the modes mentioned above, these
+			     characters will be used:
+			     " "     Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+			     "!"     Insert and Commandline mode
+				     (|mapmode-ic|)
+		  "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
+			     (|<SID>|).
+
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
 		This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
@@ -4031,6 +4082,7 @@ match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*match()*
 		{pat} matches.
 		A match at the first character or |List| item returns zero.
 		If there is no match -1 is returned.
+		For getting submatches see |matchlist()|.
 		Example: >
 			:echo match("testing", "ing")	" results in 4
 			:echo match([1, 'x'], '\a')	" results in 1
@@ -5228,7 +5280,7 @@ sinh({expr})						*sinh()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}


-sort({list} [, {func}])					*sort()* *E702*
+sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you
 		want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
@@ -5236,6 +5288,8 @@ sort({list} [, {func}])					*sort()* *E702*
 		Numbers sort after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.
 		For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
 		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
+		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
@@ -5416,8 +5470,8 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])		*stridx()*
 		{haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
 		If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
 		This can be used to find a second match: >
-			:let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
-			:let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
+			:let colon1 = stridx(line, ":")
+			:let colon2 = stridx(line, ":", colon1 + 1)
 <		The search is done case-sensitive.
 		For pattern searches use |match()|.
 		-1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
@@ -5507,9 +5561,11 @@ strwidth({expr})					*strwidth()*
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.

 submatch({nr})						*submatch()*
-		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command.  Returns
-		the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr} is 0
-		the whole matched text is returned.
+		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
+		substitute() function.
+		Returns the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
+		is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
+		Also see |sub-replace-expression|.
 		Example: >
 			:s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
 <		This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
@@ -5517,26 +5573,35 @@ submatch({nr})						*submatch()*

 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
-		the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.  This works
-		like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).  But the
-		matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
-		set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
-		'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is not used.
-		See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
-		And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
+		the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.
+		When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
+		replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".
+		
+		This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
+		But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
+		option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
+		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is
+		not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+
+		A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
 		Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
 		|sub-replace-special|.	For example, to replace something with
 		"\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
+
 		When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
 		unmodified.
-		When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
-		replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".
+
 		Example: >
 			:let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
 <		This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
 			:echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
 <		results in "TESTING".

+		When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
+		an expression. See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >
+			:echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
+			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" . submatch(1))', 'g')
+
 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})				*synID()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
 		{lnum} and {col} in the current window.
@@ -5558,20 +5623,6 @@ synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})				*synID()*
 			:echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
 <

-synconcealed({lnum}, {col})				*synconcealed()*
-		The result is a List. The first item in the list is 0 if the
-		character at the position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a
-		concealable region, 1 if it is. The second item in the list is
-		a string. If the first item is 1, the second item contains the
-		text which will be displayed in place of the concealed text,
-		depending on the current setting of 'conceallevel'. The third
-		and final item in the list is a unique number representing the
-		specific syntax region matched. This allows detection of the
-		beginning of a new concealable region if there are two
-		consecutive regions with the same replacement character.
-		For an example use see $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim .
-
-
 synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])			*synIDattr()*
 		The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
 		syntax ID {synID}.  This can be used to obtain information
@@ -5612,6 +5663,20 @@ synIDtrans({synID})					*synIDtrans()*
 		highlight the character.  Highlight links given with
 		":highlight link" are followed.

+synconcealed({lnum}, {col})				*synconcealed()*
+		The result is a List. The first item in the list is 0 if the
+		character at the position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a
+		concealable region, 1 if it is. The second item in the list is
+		a string. If the first item is 1, the second item contains the
+		text which will be displayed in place of the concealed text,
+		depending on the current setting of 'conceallevel'. The third
+		and final item in the list is a unique number representing the
+		specific syntax region matched. This allows detection of the
+		beginning of a new concealable region if there are two
+		consecutive regions with the same replacement character.
+		For an example use see $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim .
+
+
 synstack({lnum}, {col})					*synstack()*
 		Return a |List|, which is the stack of syntax items at the
 		position {lnum} and {col} in the current window.  Each item in
@@ -5904,7 +5969,7 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {expr} can be [lnum, col, off], where
 		"off" is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
+		character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.
 		When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
 		beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
 		The accepted positions are:
@@ -6093,17 +6158,17 @@ cmdline_compl		Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
 cmdline_hist		Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
 cmdline_info		Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
 comments		Compiled with |'comments'| support.
+compatible		Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
 cryptv			Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
 cscope			Compiled with |cscope| support.
-compatible		Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
 debug			Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
 dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
 diff			Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
 digraphs		Compiled with support for digraphs.
 dnd			Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
-dos32			32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
 dos16			16 bits DOS version of Vim.
+dos32			32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
 ebcdic			Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
 emacs_tags		Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
 eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
@@ -6127,16 +6192,16 @@ fullscreen              Compiled with 'fullscreen' support.
 gettext			Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
 gui			Compiled with GUI enabled.
 gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI.
+gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
 gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
-gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_mac			Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
 gui_macvim		Compiled with MacVim GUI.
 gui_motif		Compiled with Motif GUI.
 gui_photon		Compiled with Photon GUI.
+gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
 gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
-gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 hangul_input		Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
@@ -6158,31 +6223,31 @@ menu			Compiled with support for |:menu|.
 mksession		Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
 modify_fname		Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
 mouse			Compiled with support mouse.
-mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 mouse_dec		Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
 mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_netterm		Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
 mouse_pterm		Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
 mouse_sysmouse		Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
+mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding'
 multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding.
 multi_byte_ime		Compiled with support for IME input method.
 multi_lang		Compiled with support for multiple languages.
 mzscheme		Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
-netbeans_intg		Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
 netbeans_enabled	Compiled with support for |netbeans| and connected.
+netbeans_intg		Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
 odbeditor               Compiled with |odbeditor| support.
 ole			Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
 os2			OS/2 version of Vim.
-osfiletype		Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
 path_extra		Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 perl			Compiled with Perl interface.
 persistent_undo		Compiled with support for persistent undo history.
 postscript		Compiled with PostScript file printing.
 printer			Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
 profile			Compiled with |:profile| support.
-python			Compiled with Python interface.
+python			Compiled with Python 2.x interface. |has-python|
+python3			Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
 reltime			Compiled with |reltime()| support.
@@ -6193,11 +6258,11 @@ showcmd			Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
 signs			Compiled with |:sign| support.
 smartindent		Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
 sniff			Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
+spell			Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
 startuptime		Compiled with |--startuptime| support.
 statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 			and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
 sun_workshop		Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
-spell			Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
 syntax			Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
 syntax_items		There are active syntax highlighting items for the
 			current buffer.
@@ -6219,9 +6284,9 @@ toolbar			Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
 transparency            Compiled with 'transparency' support.
 unix			Unix version of Vim.
 user_commands		User-defined commands.
-viminfo			Compiled with viminfo support.
-vim_starting		True while initial source'ing takes place.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
+vim_starting		True while initial source'ing takes place. |startup|
+viminfo			Compiled with viminfo support.
 virtualedit		Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
 visual			Compiled with Visual mode.
 visualextra		Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
@@ -6230,13 +6295,14 @@ vms			VMS version of Vim.
 vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
-windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
-winaltkeys		Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
 win16			Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
-win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
-win64			Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
+win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95 and later, 32 or
+			64 bits)
 win32unix		Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
+win64			Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
 win95			Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
+winaltkeys		Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
+windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
 xfontset		Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
 xim			Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
@@ -6745,7 +6811,8 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
 			Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
 			|List| item.
-							*E106*
+
+								*E121*
 :let {var-name}	..	List the value of variable {var-name}.	Multiple
 			variable names may be given.  Special names recognized
 			here:				*E738*
@@ -7031,7 +7098,9 @@ This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 			is terminated.
 			Example: >
 		:try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
-<
+<			Note that "catch" may need to be on a separate line
+			for when an error causes the parsing to skip the whole
+			line and not see the "|" that separates the commands.

 							*:ec* *:echo*
 :ec[ho] {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between.  The
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jul 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,6 +270,9 @@ directories!


 						*autocmd-osfiletypes*
+NOTE: this code is currently disabled, as the RISC OS implementation was
+removed.  In the future this will use the 'filetype' option.
+
 On operating systems which support storing a file type with the file, you can
 specify that an autocommand should only be executed if the file is of a
 certain type.
@@ -296,8 +299,6 @@ must both match): >

 This will match files of type "&fff" whose names start with "diff".

-Note that osfiletype checking is skipped if Vim is compiled without the
-|+osfiletype| feature.

 							*plugin-details*
 The "plugin" directory can be in any of the directories in the 'runtimepath'
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ level form a fold, with the lines with a higher level forming a nested fold.
 The nesting of folds is limited with 'foldnestmax'.

 Some lines are ignored and get the fold level of the line above or below it,
-whatever is the lowest.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
+whichever is lower.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
 with a character in 'foldignore'.  White space is skipped before checking for
 characters in 'foldignore'.  For C use "#" to ignore preprocessor lines.

@@ -6,20 +6,20 @@
 ADA								      *ada.vim*

 1.  Syntax Highlighting			    |ft-ada-syntax|
-2.  Plug-in				    |ft-ada-plugin|
+2.  File type Plug-in			    |ft-ada-plugin|
 3.  Omni Completion			    |ft-ada-omni|
    3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref"	|gnat-xref|
    3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"		|ada-ctags|
 4.  Compiler Support			    |ada-compiler|
    4.1 GNAT					|compiler-gnat|
-    4.1 Dec Ada					|compiler-decada|
+    4.2 Dec Ada					|compiler-decada|
 5.  References				    |ada-reference|
    5.1 Options					|ft-ada-options|
-    5.2 Functions				|ft-ada-functions|
-    5.3 Commands				|ft-ada-commands|
-    5.4 Variables				|ft-ada-variables|
-    5.5 Constants				|ft-ada-constants|
-8.  Extra Plug-ins			    |ada-extra-plugins|
+    5.2 Commands				|ft-ada-commands|
+    5.3 Variables				|ft-ada-variables|
+    5.4 Constants				|ft-ada-constants|
+    5.5 Functions				|ft-ada-functions|
+6.  Extra Plug-ins			    |ada-extra-plugins|

 ==============================================================================
 1. Syntax Highlighting ~
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
 support yet.

 ==============================================================================
-4.  Compiler Support ~
+4. Compiler Support ~
 								*ada-compiler*

 The Ada mode supports more than one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ false when the variable is undefined. The value to which the variable is set
 makes no difference.

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.3 Commands ~
+5.2 Commands ~
 							     *ft-ada-commands*

 :AdaRainbow							 *:AdaRainbow*
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	dictionary of lists
 		for Ctags generates.

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.2 Functions ~
+5.5 Functions ~
 							    *ft-ada-functions*

 ada#Word([{line}, {col}])					  *ada#Word()*
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ gnat#New ()


 ==============================================================================
-8. Extra Plugins ~
+6. Extra Plugins ~
 							   *ada-extra-plugins*

 You can optionally install the following extra plug-ins. They work well with
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 14
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with this command: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+<
+							*gui-IME* *iBus*
+Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
+framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
+in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
+between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
+
+One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
+gvim from forking into the background by starting it with the |-f| argument.

 ==============================================================================
 2. Scrollbars						*gui-scrollbars*
@@ -156,26 +165,26 @@ configure which ones appear with the 'guioptions' option.

 The interface looks like this (with ":set guioptions=mlrb"):

-		       +------------------------------+
-		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m)
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
-		       |^|			    |^|
-		       |#| Text area.		    |#|
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |v|__________________________|v|
- Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-|
- between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^|
-		       | |			    | |
-		       | | Another file buffer.     | |
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |#|			    |#|
- Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right
-		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r)
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |v|			    |v|
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
-		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b)
+		       +------------------------------+ `
+		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m) `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
+		       |^|			    |^| `
+		       |#| Text area.		    |#| `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |v|__________________________|v| `
+ Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-| `
+ between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^| `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       | | Another file buffer.     | | `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |#|			    |#| `
+ Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right `
+		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r) `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |v|			    |v| `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
+		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b) `

 Any of the scrollbar or menu components may be turned off by not putting the
 appropriate letter in the 'guioptions' string.  The bottom scrollbar is
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 1
+*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bjorn Winckler
@@ -16,9 +16,10 @@ The MacVim Graphical User Interface			*macvim* *gui-macvim*
 8. System services		|macvim-services|
 9. mvim:// URL handler		|macvim-url-handler|
 10. Keyboard shortcuts		|macvim-shortcuts|
-11. International		|macvim-international|
-12. Known bugs/missing features	|macvim-todo|
-13. Hints			|macvim-hints|
+11. Trackpad gestures		|macvim-gestures|
+12. International		|macvim-international|
+13. Known bugs/missing features	|macvim-todo|
+14. Hints			|macvim-hints|

 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
@@ -171,6 +172,8 @@ time you start MacVim, you could create an alias such as >
 	alias gvim='/Applications/MacVim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim -g'
 and add that to "~/.profile".

+Note: Do NOT call the MacVim binary inside the app bundle to start MacVim.
+
 							*mvim*
 A more flexible way to start MacVim is to use the shell script "mvim" which
 comes bundled with MacVim.  Put this script in a folder in your path and then
@@ -209,13 +212,15 @@ pressed.  This feature can be enabled from the Advanced preferences pane (it
 is disabled by default).  Note that this setting does not affect the speed
 with which windows open when using the |mvim| command.

-The main reason why this feature is not enabled by default is because on OS X
-10.4 changes to runtime files (e.g. those in "~/.vim") are not detected.  For
-example, if you install a new plugin and then press <D-n> to open a new
-window, then that first window will not notice the plugin (but any consecutive
-windows after the first one will).  On OS X 10.5 and later all modifications
-to runtime files in "~/.vim" are detected, so unless you keep runtime files in
-another folder there should be no problems.
+Note that any changes to runtime files that are kept in a non-standard
+location (i.e. not in ~/.vim) will not be picked up for the first window that
+opens after any changes.  Also, there are some issues related to reading and
+writing of the |viminfo| file which can lead to the command line history
+appearing to be lost (as well as any other information stored in the |viminfo|
+file).  For example, if you open a window, edit some files then close the
+window, then the next window that opens will not have the same command line
+history as the window you just closed (however the next window you open will).
+For these reasons Quickstart is disabled by default.

 						*odbeditor* *external-editor*
 MacVim can act as an 'external editor' for Mac OS X applications that support
@@ -233,8 +238,8 @@ is sent back to the server application.
 3. Preferences				    *macvim-prefs* *macvim-preferences*

 Some settings are global to the MacVim application and would not make sense as
-Vim options.  These settings are stored in a user default database and can be
-accessed via the "MacVim.Preferences..." menu item.
+Vim options.  These settings are stored in the user defaults database and can
+be accessed via the "MacVim.Preferences..." menu item.

 							*macvim-user-defaults*
 Not all entries in the user defaults database are exposed via the preference
@@ -501,24 +506,20 @@ outline.
 ==============================================================================
 8. System services					*macvim-services*

-MacVim supports a few system services.  These can be accessed from the MacVim
-submenu in the Services menu.  For services to work, MacVim.app should be
-located in the /Applications folder.  (You might have to logout and then login
-again before Mac OS X detects the MacVim services.)
+MacVim supports two system services.  These can be accessed from the MacVim
+submenu in the Services menu or by right-clicking a selection.  For services
+to work, MacVim.app should be located in the /Applications folder.  (You might
+have to logout and then login again before Mac OS X detects the MacVim
+services.)

 These are the currently supported services:
-	* New Document Containing Selection: Open a new window and paste the
+	* New MacVim Buffer With Selection: Create a new buffer and paste the
 	  currently selected text.
-	* New Document Here: Open a new window and set the current directory
-	  to that of the selected text.  This is intended to be used from a
-	  Finder window to open an empty document in the currently selected
-	  folder.
-	* Open Selected File: If the selected text represents a file name,
-	  then the corresponding file is opened in a new window.
+	* New MacVim Buffer Here: Create a new buffer and set the current
+	  directory to the file or folder that is selected in the Finder.

-If new files are set to open in the current window (in the General preference
-pane) then the above services will also reuse the topmost window, instead of
-opening a new window.
+The services respect the "Open files from applications" setting in the general
+preferences.

 ==============================================================================
 9. mvim:// URL handler				*mvim://* *macvim-url-handler*
@@ -546,7 +547,8 @@ Note that url has to be a file:// url pointing to an existing local file.

 Most keyboard shortcuts in MacVim are bound to menu items and can be
 discovered by looking through the menus (see |macvim-menus| on how to create
-your own menu shortcuts).  The remaining shortcuts are listed here:
+your own menu shortcuts, see |cmd-key| on how to map your own commands to
+Cmd-key shortcuts).  The remaining shortcuts are listed here:

 							*Cmd-.* *<D-.>*
 Cmd-.			Interrupt Vim.  Unlike Ctrl-C which is sent as normal
@@ -605,8 +607,54 @@ equivalents which are not set up with :map).
 See |macvim-shift-movement| if you want Shift to select text when used in
 conjunction with the above Cmd/Alt movement shortcuts.

+						*cmd-key* *cmd-shortcuts*
+Creating key mappings that involve the Cmd key (<D-..> in Vim notation) can
+sometimes be slightly involved.  Here are all the things you need to consider:
+
+- Make sure the shortcut is not used by a menu item by looking through the
+  menus.  If it is then you need to unbind it before you can map to it.  This
+  is described under the help for the |:macmenu| command.
+- Bindings to <D-..> are case sensitive: <D-d> is not the same as <D-D>.  If
+  you want to map something to Cmd+Shift+d, then you need to use <D-D>, not
+  <D-S-d> or <D-S-D>.
+- Some command key shortcuts are reserved by Mac OS X and cannot be mapped to
+  (e.g. <D-Tab>).  However, some of these shortcuts can be freed up in the
+  System Preferences under Keyboard (e.g. Cmd+Space).
+- A few command key mappings are set up by MacVim, see |cmd-movement|.
+
 ==============================================================================
-11. International					*macvim-international*
+11. Trackpad gestures					*macvim-gestures*
+
+MacVim supports trackpad swipe gestures.  By default this can be used to
+navigate back/forward in the help (try it!).
+
+Each gesture generates one of the following Vim pseudo keys:
+
+						 *<SwipeLeft>* *<SwipeRight>*
+	Generated when swiping three fingers across the trackpad in a
+	horizontal direction.  The Apple Magic Mouse generates these
+	events when swiping two fingers in a horizontal direction.
+
+						 *<SwipeUp>*   *<SwipeDown>*
+	Generated when swiping three fingers across the trackpad in a
+	vertical direction.  (Not supported by the Apple Magic Mouse.)
+
+You can map these keys like with any other key using the |:map| family of
+commands.  For example, the following commands map left/right swipe to change
+to the previous/next tab in normal mode: >
+
+	nmap <SwipeLeft> gT
+	nmap <SwipeRight> gt
+
+As another example, here is how to switch buffers by swiping left/right: >
+
+	nmap <SwipeLeft> :bN<CR>
+	nmap <SwipeRight> :bn<CR>
+
+See the section on |key-mapping| for more help on how to map keys.
+
+==============================================================================
+12. International					*macvim-international*

 When editing non-English text it may be convenient to keep separate keyboard
 layouts for normal and insert mode.  This is supported via the 'imd' option on
@@ -627,7 +675,7 @@ wrong layout when going back to normal mode, then select the layout you want
 to use in normal mode and type ":set imd" followed by ":set noimd".

 ==============================================================================
-12. Known bugs/missing features				*macvim-todo*
+13. Known bugs/missing features				*macvim-todo*

 This list is by no means exhaustive, it only enumerates some of the more
 prominent bugs/missing features.
@@ -651,7 +699,7 @@ This is also the best place for making feature requests as well as for asking
 general questions about MacVim.

 ==============================================================================
-13. Hints						*macvim-hints*
+14. Hints						*macvim-hints*

 In this section some general (not necessarily MacVim specific) hints are
 given.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2007 Aug 30
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ options:
 And if there already is a gvim running:
 "Edit with existing gvim"   -- edit the file with the running gvim

+The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
+registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
+any value.
 						*install-registry*
 You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
 "install.exe" program.  It will add several registry entries for you.
@@ -293,7 +296,9 @@ Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
 sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
 want Vim to start a program and return immediately, you can use the following
 syntax on W95 & NT: >
-	:!start {command}
+	:!start [/min] {command}
+The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
+
 On Win32s, you will have to go to another window instead.  Don't forget that
 you must tell Windows 3.1x to keep executing a DOS command in the background
 while you switch back to Vim.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ launches the gui but doesn't fork (see |mvim|). However, doing |:gui| in an
 already running vim will never fork in MacVim.

 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
+								*E851* *E852*
+When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.

 If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
 flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.  MacVim does not support this flag in
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 29
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Help on help files					*helphelp*

 1. Help commands		|online-help|
-2. Translating help files	|help-translated|
+2. Translated help files	|help-translated|
 3. Writing help files		|help-writing|

 ==============================================================================
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ command: >
 			Only for backwards compatibility.  It now executes the
 			ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
 			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
-<			{not in Vi}
+			{not in Vi}

 					*:helpt* *:helptags*
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Mar 18
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 	    :cscope add /projects/vim/cscope.out /usr/local/vim
 	    :cscope add cscope.out /usr/local/vim -C
 <
-				      *cscope-find* *cs-find*
-						*E565* *E567*
+				      *cscope-find* *cs-find* *E567*
    find  : Query cscope.  All cscope query options are available
 	    except option #5 ("Change this grep pattern").

@@ -198,7 +197,7 @@ The available subcommands are:

 	    USAGE   :cs help

-						*E260* *E261*
+							*E261*
    kill  : Kill a cscope connection (or kill all cscope connections).

 	    USAGE   :cs kill {num|partial_name}
@@ -265,12 +264,22 @@ seems to be useful: >
 	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
-If 'cscopetag' set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t" will
-always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively, by
-setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as your
-tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
+If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
+will always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively,
+by setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as
+your tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
 	:set cst
 	:set nocst
+<
+							*cscoperelative* *csre*
+If 'cscoperelative' is set, then in absence of a prefix given to cscope
+(prefix is the argument of -P option of cscope), basename of cscope.out
+location (usually the project root directory) will be used as the prefix
+to construct an absolute path.  The default is off.  Note: This option is
+only effective when cscope (cscopeprg) is initialized without a prefix
+path (-P).  Examples: >
+	:set csre
+	:set nocsre
 <
 							*cscopetagorder* *csto*
 The value of 'csto' determines the order in which |:cstag| performs a search.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 13
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ When Python 2 and Python 3 are both supported they must be loaded dynamically.
 When doing this on Linux/Unix systems and importing global symbols, this leads
 to a crash when the second Python version is used.  So either global symbols
 are loaded but only one Python version is activated, or no global symbols are
-loaded. The latter makes Python's "import" fail on libaries that expect the
+loaded. The latter makes Python's "import" fail on libraries that expect the
 symbols to be provided by Vim.
 							*E836* *E837*
 Vim's configuration script makes a guess for all libraries based on one
@@ -377,6 +377,18 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 3. You undefine PY_NO_RTLD_GLOBAL in auto/config.h after configuration.  This
   may crash Vim though.

+							*has-python*
+You can test what Python version is available with: >
+	if has('python')
+	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
+  	elseif has('python3')
+	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
+	endif
+
+Note however, that when Python 2 and 3 are both available and loaded
+dynamically, these has() calls will try to load them.  If only one can be
+loaded at a time, just checking if Python 2 or 3 are available will prevent
+the other one from being available.

 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

+Command to try it out: >
+	:ruby print "Hello"   # this is a comment
+
 Example Vim script: >

 	function! RedGem()
@@ -187,12 +190,12 @@ $curbuf		The current buffer object.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Dynamic loading					*ruby-dynamic*

-On MS-Windows the Ruby library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
-output then includes |+ruby/dyn|.
+On MS-Windows and Unix the Ruby library can be loaded dynamically.  The
+|:version| output then includes |+ruby/dyn|.

-This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file only when needed.  When
-you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus you can use Vim
-without this DLL file.
+This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file or shared library only
+when needed.  When you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus
+you can use Vim even though this library file is not on your system.

 You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work.  You can find
 the package to download from:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -128,13 +128,20 @@ have changed the indent by typing <BS>, <Tab>, or <Space> in the indent or
 used CTRL-T or CTRL-D.

 						*cinoptions-values*
-The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  In the list below,
+The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  The value after
+the option character can be one of these (N is any number):
+	N	indent N spaces
+	-N	indent N spaces to the left
+	Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces
+	-Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces to the left
+
+In the list below,
 "N" represents a number of your choice (the number can be negative).  When
 there is an 's' after the number, Vim multiplies the number by 'shiftwidth':
 "1s" is 'shiftwidth', "2s" is two times 'shiftwidth', etc.  You can use a
-decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.  The examples below
-assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
-
+decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.
+The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
+							*cino->*
 	>N    Amount added for "normal" indent.  Used after a line that should
 	      increase the indent (lines starting with "if", an opening brace,
 	      etc.).  (default 'shiftwidth').
@@ -145,6 +152,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		foo;			  foo;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-e*
 	eN    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace at the End of the line (more precise: is not the
 	      first character in a line).  This is useful if you want a
@@ -160,6 +168,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-n*
 	nN    Add N to the prevailing indent for a statement after an "if",
 	      "while", etc., if it is NOT inside a set of braces.  This is
 	      useful if you want a different indent when there is no '{'
@@ -174,6 +183,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-f*
 	fN    Place the first opening brace of a function or other block in
 	      column N.  This applies only for an opening brace that is not
 	      inside other braces and is at the start of the line.  What comes
@@ -184,6 +194,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      int foo;		    int foo;		  int foo;
 <
+							*cino-{*
 	{N    Place opening braces N characters from the prevailing indent.
 	      This applies only for opening braces that are inside other
 	      braces.  (default 0).
@@ -193,6 +204,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 <
+							*cino-}*
 	}N    Place closing braces N characters from the matching opening
 	      brace.  (default 0).

@@ -202,6 +214,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 		  }		      }			    }
 <
+							*cino-^*
 	^N    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace is in column 0.  This can specify a different
 	      indent for whole of a function (some may like to set it to a
@@ -216,6 +229,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }			}		  }
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-L*
 	LN    Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
 	      will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
 	      the label will be the prevailing indent minus N.  (default -1).
@@ -229,6 +243,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }                   }                   }
 		  }                   }                   }
 <
+							*cino-:*
 	:N    Place case labels N characters from the indent of the switch().
 	      (default 'shiftwidth').

@@ -240,6 +255,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      default:	      default:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-=*
 	=N    Place statements occurring after a case label N characters from
 	      the indent of the label.  (default 'shiftwidth').

@@ -247,6 +263,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   case 11:		case 11:  a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-l*
 	lN    If N != 0 Vim will align with a case label instead of the
 	      statement after it in the same line.

@@ -256,8 +273,10 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				    break;	      break;
 				}		  }
 <
+							*cino-b*
 	bN    If N != 0 Vim will align a final "break" with the case label,
 	      so that case..break looks like a sort of block.  (default: 0).
+	      When using 1, consider adding "0=break" to 'cinkeys'.

 		cino=		    cino=b1 >
 		  switch (x)	      switch(x)
@@ -271,6 +290,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  break;	  break;
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
 	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
 	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
@@ -282,6 +302,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      private:	      private:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-h*
 	hN    Place statements occurring after a C++ scope declaration N
 	      characters from the indent of the label.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -290,6 +311,21 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   public:		public:   a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-N*
+	NN    Indent inside C++ namespace N characters extra compared to a
+	      normal block.  (default 0).
+
+		cino=			   cino=N-s >
+		  namespace {                namespace {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+
+		  namespace my               namespace my
+		  {                          {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+<
+							*cino-p*
 	pN    Parameter declarations for K&R-style function declarations will
 	      be indented N characters from the margin.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -299,6 +335,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int a;	      int a;			  int a;
 		      char b;	      char b;			  char b;
 <
+							*cino-t*
 	tN    Indent a function return type declaration N characters from the
 	      margin.  (default 'shiftwidth').

@@ -306,6 +343,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int	      int			 int
 		  func()	      func()		  func()
 <
+							*cino-i*
 	iN    Indent C++ base class declarations and constructor
 	      initializations, if they start in a new line (otherwise they
 	      are aligned at the right side of the ':').
@@ -319,13 +357,18 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      BaseClass(3)	    BaseClass(3)
 		  {}			    {}
 <
-	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next) N
-	      additional characters.  (default 'shiftwidth').
+							*cino-+*
+	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next)
+              inside a function N additional characters.  (default
+              'shiftwidth').
+              Outside of a function, when the previous line ended in a
+              backslash, the 2 * N is used.

 		cino=			  cino=+10 >
 		  a = b + 9 *		    a = b + 9 *
 		      c;			      c;
 <
+							*cino-c*
 	cN    Indent comment lines after the comment opener, when there is no
 	      other text with which to align, N characters from the comment
 	      opener.  (default 3).  See also |format-comments|.
@@ -335,6 +378,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     text.			 text.
 		   */			     */
 <
+							*cino-C*
 	CN    When N is non-zero, indent comment lines by the amount specified
 	      with the c flag above even if there is other text behind the
 	      comment opener.  (default 0).
@@ -345,12 +389,14 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  ********/		    ********/
 <	      (Example uses ":set comments& comments-=s1:/* comments^=s0:/*")

+							*cino-/*
 	/N    Indent comment lines N characters extra.  (default 0).
 		cino=			  cino=/4 >
 		  a = b;		    a = b;
 		  /* comment */			/* comment */
 		  c = d;		    c = d;
 <
+							*cino-(*
 	(N    When in unclosed parentheses, indent N characters from the line
 	      with the unclosed parentheses.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
 	      unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed parentheses
@@ -366,6 +412,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  (c2 || c3))		(c2 || c3))
 		     {			       {
 <
+							*cino-u*
 	uN    Same as (N, but for one level deeper.  (default 'shiftwidth').

 		cino=			  cino=u2 >
@@ -373,6 +420,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  && (c22345		    && (c22345
 			      || c3))		      || c3))
 <
+							*cino-U*
 	UN    When N is non-zero, do not ignore the indenting specified by
 	      ( or u in case that the unclosed parentheses is the first
 	      non-white character in its line.  (default 0).
@@ -384,6 +432,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		       c3			    c3
 		      ) && c4;			) && c4;
 <
+							*cino-w*
 	wN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
 	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
@@ -396,6 +445,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				|| c3))		    || c3))
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-W*
 	WN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively and the unclosed parentheses is
 	      the last non-white character in its line and it is not the
@@ -410,6 +460,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  a_short_line(argument,    a_short_line(argument,
 			       argument);		 argument);
 <
+							*cino-m*
 	mN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the line with the
 	      matching opening parentheses.  (default 0).
@@ -424,6 +475,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     )			    )
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-M*
 	MN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the previous line.
 	      (default 0).
@@ -433,10 +485,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			 cond2			   cond2
 		     )				   )
 <
-					*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting*
-	jN    Indent java anonymous classes correctly.  The value 'N' is
-	      currently unused but must be non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will
-	      indent for example the following code snippet correctly: >
+				*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting* *cino-j*
+	jN    Indent Java anonymous classes correctly.  Also works well for
+	      Javascript.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will indent for example the
+	      following code snippet correctly: >

 		object.add(new ChangeListener() {
 		    public void stateChanged(ChangeEvent e) {
@@ -444,10 +497,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		});
 <
-				*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting*
+			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
 	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
-	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1'). >
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
+	      to set |cino-j|. >

 		var bar = {
 		    foo: {
@@ -462,14 +516,19 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		}
 <
+								*cino-)*
 	)N    Vim searches for unclosed parentheses at most N lines away.
 	      This limits the time needed to search for parentheses.  (default
 	      20 lines).

+								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting afer N lines this is the
+	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).

+								*cino-#*
 	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
 	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognizes '#' comments.  Note
 	      that lines starting with # will still be seen as preprocessor
@@ -477,7 +536,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.


 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
-	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,
+	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,ps,ts,is,+s,
 			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0

 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
@@ -504,13 +563,15 @@ REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~

 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*

-Block if, select case, and where constructs are indented.  Comments, labelled
-statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in free
-source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed source
-form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent corrections
-will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines when fixed
-source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method used for the
-detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.
+Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
+type, interface, associate, block, and enum constructs.  The indenting of
+subroutines, functions, modules, and program blocks is optional.  Comments,
+labelled statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in
+free source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed
+source form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent
+corrections will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines
+when fixed source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method
+used for the detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.

 Do loops ~
 All do loops are left unindented by default.  Do loops can be unstructured in
@@ -537,6 +598,20 @@ autocommand such as >
 to get do loops indented in .f90 files and left alone in Fortran files with
 other extensions such as .for.

+Program units ~
+The indenting of program units (subroutines, functions, modules, and program
+blocks) is enabled by default but can be suppressed if a lighter, screen-width
+preserving indent style is desired.  To suppress the indenting of program
+units for all fortran files set the global fortran_indent_less variable in
+your .vimrc as follows >
+
+  let fortran_indent_less=1
+
+A finer level of suppression can be achieved by setting the corresponding
+buffer-local variable as follows >
+
+  let b:fortran_indent_less=1
+

 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*

@@ -631,6 +706,43 @@ Indent for a continuation line: >
 	let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2'


+R								*ft-r-indent*
+
+Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
+do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_align_args = 0
+<
+All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
+level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
+beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
+and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
+characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
+<
+If you prefer that lines beginning with a single # are aligned at a column
+different from the 40th one, you should set a new value to the variable
+r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
+>
+   let r_indent_comment_column = 30
+<
+Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
+indent the code if it is a top level function. If you prefer that the
+Vim-R-plugin behaves like Emacs/ESS in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
+<
+Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
+>
+   ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 1           ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+   foo <-                                    foo <-
+       function(x)                               function(x)
+   {                                             {
+       paste(x)                                      paste(x)
+   }                                             }
+<
+
 SHELL							*ft-sh-indent*

 The amount of indent applied under various circumstances in a shell file can
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Insert mode						*insert-index*

-tag		char		action	~
+tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		insert previously inserted text and stop
 				insert
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~

 These can be used after an operator or in Visual mode to select an object.

-tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
+tag		command		   action in op-pending and Visual mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |v_aquote|	a"		   double quoted string
 |v_a'|		a'		   single quoted string
@@ -721,6 +721,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gJ|		gJ		2  join lines without inserting space
 |gP|		["x]gP		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
+|gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
@@ -951,11 +952,13 @@ Normal characters are inserted at the current cursor position.
 "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion.  It will complete
 file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate.

+tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		CTRL-@		not used
 |c_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		do completion on the pattern in front of the
 				cursor and insert all matches
 |c_CTRL-B|	CTRL-B		cursor to begin of command-line
-|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <ESC>
+|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <Esc>
 |c_CTRL-D|	CTRL-D		list completions that match the pattern in
 				front of the cursor
 |c_CTRL-E|	CTRL-E		cursor to end of command-line
@@ -1046,6 +1049,8 @@ This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without
 mentioning any arguments.  The optional part of the command name is inside [].
 The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.

+tag	      command	      action ~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
@@ -1256,7 +1261,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:k|		:k		set a mark
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
-|:keepjumps|	:keepj[jumps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 29
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -382,6 +382,10 @@ mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
 beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.

+The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
+Insert mode again it doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and then <Esc>
+takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+
 The shifted cursor keys are not available on all terminals.

 Another side effect is that a count specified before the "i" or "a" command is
@@ -555,12 +559,11 @@ CTRL-D, 'expandtab', 'smarttab', 'softtabstop', etc.
 In 'list' mode, Virtual Replace mode acts as if it was not in 'list' mode,
 unless "L" is in 'cpoptions'.

-Note that the only times characters beyond the cursor should appear to move
-are in 'list' mode, and occasionally when 'wrap' is set (and the line changes
-length to become shorter or wider than the width of the screen), or
-momentarily when typing over a CTRL character.  A CTRL character takes up two
-screen spaces.  When replacing it with two normal characters, the first will
-be inserted and the second will replace the CTRL character.
+Note that the only situations for which characters beyond the cursor should
+appear to move are in List mode |'list'|, and occasionally when 'wrap' is set
+(and the line changes length to become shorter or wider than the width of the
+screen).  In other cases spaces may be inserted to avoid following characters
+to move.

 This mode is very useful for editing <Tab> separated columns in tables, for
 entering new data while keeping all the columns aligned.
@@ -1017,6 +1020,21 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
 The function must return a List with the matching words.  These matches
 usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches return an empty
 List.
+
+In order to return more information than the matching words, return a Dict
+that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
+	words		The List of matching words (mandatory).
+	refresh		A string to control re-invocation of the function
+			(optional).
+			The only value currently recognized is "always", the
+			effect is that the function is called whenever the
+			leading text is changed.
+Other items are ignored.
+
+For example, the function can contain this: >
+	let matches = ... list of words ...
+	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
+<
 						*complete-items*
 Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary.  When it is a string it
 is used as the completion.  When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
@@ -1034,17 +1052,21 @@ items:
 			items that only differ in case are added
 	dup		when non-zero this match will be added even when an
 			item with the same word is already present.
+	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
+			an empty string

-All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
-requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
-not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
+All of these except 'icase', 'dup' and 'empty' must be a string.  If an item
+does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
+items in the list are not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in
+the returned list.

 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
 the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
 will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
 useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to remove
-existing text in the preview window.
+existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is three
+lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.

 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
@@ -1060,9 +1082,9 @@ match to the total list.  These matches should then not appear in the returned
 list!  Call |complete_check()| now and then to allow the user to press a key
 while still searching for matches.  Stop searching when it returns non-zero.

-The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.  This
-option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
-reasons.
+							*E839* *E840*
+The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.
+The function is not allowed to move to another window or delete text.

 An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
@@ -1767,6 +1789,11 @@ These two commands will keep on asking for lines, until you type a line
 containing only a ".".  Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see
 |line-continuation|.

+When in Ex mode (see |-e|) a backslash at the end of the line can be used to
+insert a NUL character.  To be able to have a line ending in a backslash use
+two backslashes.  This means that the number of backslashes is halved, but
+only at the end of the line.
+
 NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
 ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
 ":endif", ":for" and ":endfor", ":while" and ":endwhile".
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,8 +135,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php

 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*

-Send bug reports to: Vim bugs <bugs@vim.org>
-This is not a maillist but the message is redirected to the Vim maintainer.
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
+This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
+e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
+to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the
@@ -300,7 +302,7 @@ and <> are part of what you type, the context should make this clear.

 []		Characters in square brackets are optional.

-						    *count* *[count]* *E489*
+						    *count* *[count]*
 [count]		An optional number that may precede the command to multiply
 		or iterate the command.  If no number is given, a count of one
 		is used, unless otherwise noted.  Note that in this manual the
@@ -616,7 +618,6 @@ Replace		 <Esc>	  --	  --	<Insert>	      --      --
 Command-line	 *3	  --	  --	 :start	    --		      --
 Ex		 :vi	  --	  --	 --	    --	      --

-  NA
 -- not possible

 *1 Go from Normal mode to Insert mode by giving the command "i", "I", "a",
@@ -703,7 +704,7 @@ Lines longer than the window width will wrap, unless the 'wrap' option is off
 (see below).  The 'linebreak' option can be set to wrap at a blank character.

 If the window has room after the last line of the buffer, Vim will show '~' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:

 	+-----------------------+
 	|some line		|
@@ -715,7 +716,7 @@ the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
 Thus the '~' lines indicate that the end of the buffer was reached.

 If the last line in a window doesn't fit, Vim will indicate this with a '@' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:

 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|
@@ -730,7 +731,7 @@ window.
 When the "lastline" flag is present in the 'display' option, you will not see
 '@' characters at the left side of window.  If the last line doesn't fit
 completely, only the part that fits is shown, and the last three characters of
-the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this: >
+the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this:

 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 31
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -107,6 +107,8 @@ modes.
 :cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  {not in Vi}
+			Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
+			mappings |:map-<buffer>|
 			Warning: This also removes the default mappings.

 :map				|mapmode-nvo|
@@ -226,7 +228,7 @@ text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.

 For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
-can't change v:char and you should not insert it.
+should not either insert or change the v:char.

 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
@@ -480,9 +482,9 @@ You can create an empty {rhs} by typing nothing after a single CTRL-V (you
 have to type CTRL-V two times).  Unfortunately, you cannot do this in a vimrc
 file.
 							*<Nop>*
-A easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use "<Nop>"
-for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.  For
-example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
+An easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use
+"<Nop>" for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.
+For example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
 	:map  <F8>  <Nop>
 	:map! <F8>  <Nop>
 <
@@ -495,7 +497,7 @@ scenario: >
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 The mapping for <M-C> is defined with the latin1 encoding, resulting in a 0xc3
 byte.  If you type the character á (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
-two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then,
+two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then or
 otherwise it would be impossible to type the á character.

 					*<Leader>* *mapleader*
@@ -542,6 +544,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-123>	character 123
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
+	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
 This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.

@@ -934,11 +937,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			avoid that a typed {lhs} is expanded, since
 			command-line abbreviations apply here.

-:ab[breviate] [<expr>] {lhs} {rhs}
+:ab[breviate] [<expr>] [<buffer>] {lhs} {rhs}
 			add abbreviation for {lhs} to {rhs}.  If {lhs} already
 			existed it is replaced with the new {rhs}.  {rhs} may
 			contain spaces.
 			See |:map-<expr>| for the optional <expr> argument.
+			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.

 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
 :una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
@@ -948,12 +952,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			expansion insert a CTRL-V (type it twice).

 						*:norea* *:noreabbrev*
-:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs} {not
 			in Vi}

 						*:ca* *:cabbrev*
-:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.  {not
 			in Vi}

@@ -962,12 +966,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			in Vi}

 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
-:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}

 						*:ia* *:iabbrev*
-:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.  {not in Vi}

 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
@@ -975,18 +979,18 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Vi}

 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
-:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}

 							*:abc* *:abclear*
-:abc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}
+:abc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}

 							*:iabc* *:iabclear*
-:iabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}
+:iabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}

 							*:cabc* *:cabclear*
-:cabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
+:cabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
 			in Vi}

 							*using_CTRL-V*
@@ -1093,16 +1097,20 @@ is executed, it is transformed into a normal Ex command and then executed.

 For starters: See section |40.2| in the user manual.

-						*E183* *user-cmd-ambiguous*
+					*E183* *E841* *user-cmd-ambiguous*
 All user defined commands must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid
-confusion with builtin commands.  (There are a few builtin commands, notably
-:Next, :Print and :X, which do start with an uppercase letter.  The builtin
-will always take precedence in these cases).  The other characters of the user
-command can be uppercase letters, lowercase letters or digits.  When using
-digits, note that other commands that take a numeric argument may become
-ambiguous.  For example, the command ":Cc2" could be the user command ":Cc2"
-without an argument, or the command ":Cc" with argument "2".  It is advised to
-put a space between the command name and the argument to avoid these problems.
+confusion with builtin commands.  Exceptions are these builtin commands:
+	:Next
+	:X
+They cannot be used for a user defined command.  ":Print" is also an existing
+command, but it is deprecated and can be overruled.
+
+The other characters of the user command can be uppercase letters, lowercase
+letters or digits.  When using digits, note that other commands that take a
+numeric argument may become ambiguous.  For example, the command ":Cc2" could
+be the user command ":Cc2" without an argument, or the command ":Cc" with
+argument "2".  It is advised to put a space between the command name and the
+argument to avoid these problems.

 When using a user-defined command, the command can be abbreviated.  However, if
 an abbreviation is not unique, an error will be issued.  Furthermore, a
@@ -1173,13 +1181,15 @@ reported if any are supplied).  However, it is possible to specify that the
 command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:

 	-nargs=0    No arguments are allowed (the default)
-	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required
-	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many)
+	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is require, it includes spaces 
+	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many),
+		    separated by white space
 	-nargs=?    0 or 1 arguments are allowed
 	-nargs=+    Arguments must be supplied, but any number are allowed

 Arguments are considered to be separated by (unescaped) spaces or tabs in this
-context.
+context, except when there is one argument, then the white space is part of
+the argument.

 Note that arguments are used as text, not as expressions.  Specifically,
 "s:var" will use the script-local variable in the script where the command was
@@ -1202,20 +1212,26 @@ completion can be enabled:

 	-complete=augroup	autocmd groups
 	-complete=buffer	buffer names
+	-complete=color		color schemes
 	-complete=command	Ex command (and arguments)
+	-complete=compiler	compilers
+	-complete=cscope	|:cscope| suboptions
 	-complete=dir		directory names
 	-complete=environment	environment variable names
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
+	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
 	-complete=filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
+	-complete=locale	locale names (as output of locale -a)
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
+	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
@@ -1285,7 +1301,8 @@ Possible attributes are:
 	-range	    Range allowed, default is current line
 	-range=%    Range allowed, default is whole file (1,$)
 	-range=N    A count (default N) which is specified in the line
-		    number position (like |:split|)
+		    number position (like |:split|); allows for zero line
+		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
 		    Specifying -count (without a default) acts like -count=0
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 26
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Note that all encodings must use ASCII for the characters up to 128 (except
 when compiled for EBCDIC).

 Supported 'encoding' values are:			*encoding-values*
-1   latin1	8-bit characters (ISO 8859-1)
+1   latin1	8-bit characters (ISO 8859-1, also used for cp1252)
 1   iso-8859-n	ISO_8859 variant (n = 2 to 15)
 1   koi8-r	Russian
 1   koi8-u	Ukrainian
@@ -336,7 +336,11 @@ For MS-Windows "cp{number}" means using codepage {number}.
 Examples: >
 		:set encoding=8bit-cp1252
 		:set encoding=2byte-cp932
-<
+
+The MS-Windows codepage 1252 is very similar to latin1.  For practical reasons
+the same encoding is used and it's called latin1.  'isprint' can be used to
+display the characters 0x80 - 0xA0 or not.
+
 Several aliases can be used, they are translated to one of the names above.
 An incomplete list:

@@ -1302,8 +1306,8 @@ character.  However, search patterns may not match on an overlong sequence.
 character.)  An exception is NUL (zero) which is displayed as "<00>".

 In the file and buffer the full range of Unicode characters can be used (31
-bits).  However, displaying only works for 16 bit characters, and only for the
-characters present in the selected font.
+bits).  However, displaying only works for the characters present in the
+selected font.

 Useful commands:
 - "ga" shows the decimal, hexadecimal and octal value of the character under
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 10
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ The "g<" command can be used to see the last page of previous command output.
 This is especially useful if you accidentally typed <Space> at the hit-enter
 prompt.  You are then back at the hit-enter prompt and can then scroll further
 back.
-Note: when you stopped the output with "q" at the more prompt only up to that
-point will be displayed.
+Note: If the output has been stopped with "q" at the more prompt, it will only
+be displayed up to this point.
 The previous command output is cleared when another command produces output.

 If you are using translated messages, the first printed line tells who
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ or view a list of recent messages with: >
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685*  >
  Add to read buffer
  makemap: Illegal mode
  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
@@ -481,8 +481,10 @@ Also see |msdos-limitations|.
 							*E339*  >
  Pattern too long

-This only happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
+This happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
 longer than about 65000 characters.  Try using a shorter pattern.
+It also happens when the offset of a rule doesn't fit in the space available.
+Try simplifying the pattern.

 							*E45*  >
  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			With the "ctype" argument the language used for
 			character encoding is set.  This affects the libraries
 			that Vim was linked with.  It's unusual to set this to
-			a different value from 'encoding'.  This sets
+			a different value from 'encoding' or "C".  This sets
 			$LC_CTYPE.
 			With the "time" argument the language used for time
 			and date messages is set.  This affects strftime().
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 14
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ T{char}			Till after [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the
 			{char} can be entered like with the |f| command.

 							*;*
-;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times.
+;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times. See |cpo-;|

 							*,*
 ,			Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
-			[count] times.
+			[count] times. See also |cpo-;|

 ==============================================================================
 3. Up-down motions					*up-down-motions*
@@ -344,6 +344,8 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			last number in it used as the byte count.  End-of-line
 			characters are counted depending on the current
 			'fileformat' setting.
+			Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o'
+			option in 'statusline'.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+byte_offset| feature}
@@ -1015,8 +1017,6 @@ CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
 CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			In a |quickfix-window| it takes you to the position of
-			the error under the cursor.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}

@@ -1033,20 +1033,20 @@ The maximum number of entries is fixed at 100.

 For example, after three jump commands you have this jump list:

-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
    3	  1    0 some text ~
    2	 70    0 another line ~
    1  1154   23 end. ~
 > ~

-The "file/line" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
+The "file/text" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
 in the current file (an indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit
 in the window).

 You are currently in line 1167.  If you then use the CTRL-O command, the
 cursor is put in line 1154.  This results in:

-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
    2	  1    0 some text ~
    1	 70    0 another line ~
 >  0  1154   23 end. ~
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ command.  You can explicitly add a jump by setting the ' mark.
 After the CTRL-O command that got you into line 1154 you could give another
 jump command (e.g., "G").  The jump list would then become:

-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
    4	  1    0 some text ~
    3	 70    0 another line ~
    2  1167    0 foo bar ~
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.

 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by GVim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, and Motif.
+by GVim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
+Athena and Motif.

 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
 |workshop-xpm| for details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.
@@ -819,7 +820,7 @@ These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 ==============================================================================
 7. NetBeans commands					*netbeans-commands*

-							*:nbstart* *E511*
+							*:nbstart* *E511* *E838*
 :nbs[tart] {connection}	Start a new Netbeans session with {connection} as the
 			socket connection parameters.  The format of
 			{connection} is described in |netbeans-parameters|.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -150,6 +150,18 @@ example, if Alt-b produces <Esc>b, use this: >
 (the ^[ is a real <Esc> here, use CTRL-V <Esc> to enter it)
 The advantage over a mapping is that it works in all situations.

+You can define any key codes, e.g.: >
+	:set t_xy=^[foo;
+There is no warning for using a name that isn't recognized.  You can map these
+codes as you like: >
+	:map <t_xy> something
+<								*E846*
+When a key code is not set, it's like it does not exist.  Trying to get its
+value will result in an error: >
+	:set t_kb=
+	:set t_kb
+	E846: Key code not set: t_kb
+
 The t_xx options cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 security reasons.

@@ -361,6 +373,7 @@ Setting the filetype
 			settings and syntax files to be loaded.
 			{not in Vi}

+				*option-window* *optwin*
 :bro[wse] se[t]			*:set-browse* *:browse-set* *:opt* *:options*
 :opt[ions]		Open a window for viewing and setting all options.
 			Options are grouped by function.
@@ -807,7 +820,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	been set.

 							*'background'* *'bg'*
-'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light")
+'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light", see below)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set to "dark", Vim will try to use colors that look good on a
@@ -841,6 +854,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	color).  To get around this, force the GUI window to be opened by
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
+
+	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
+	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
+	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
+
 	Normally this option would be set in the .vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
 		:if &term == "pcterm"
@@ -1439,6 +1458,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
 			|gui-clipboard|.

+	unnamedplus	A variant of "unnamed" flag which uses the clipboard
+			register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of register '*' for
+			all operations except yank.  Yank shall copy the text
+			into register '+' and also into '*' when "unnamed" is
+			included.
+			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
+			Availability can be checked with: >
+				if has('unnamedplus')
+<
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
 			then whenever Visual mode is started, or the Visual
 			area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of the
@@ -1501,6 +1529,25 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. |cmdwin|

+						*'colorcolumn'* *'cc'*
+'colorcolumn' 'cc'	string	(default "")
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	'colorcolumn' is a comma separated list of screen columns that are
+	highlighted with ColorColumn |hl-ColorColumn|.  Useful to align
+	text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
+	The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
+	'+' or '-', which is added to or subtracted from 'textwidth'. >
+
+		:set cc=+1  " highlight column after 'textwidth'
+		:set cc=+1,+2,+3  " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'
+		:hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey
+<
+	When 'textwidth' is zero then the items with '-' and '+' are not used.
+	A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.
+
 						*'columns'* *'co'* *E594*
 'columns' 'co'		number	(default 80 or terminal width)
 			global
@@ -1685,7 +1732,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
 	invoked and what it should return.
-
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.

 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
@@ -2074,6 +2122,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*cpo->*
 		>	When appending to a register, put a line break before
 			the appended text.
+								*cpo-;*
+		;	When using |,| or |;| to repeat the last |t| search
+			and the cursor is right in front of the searched
+			character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
+			the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
+			following occurence.

 	POSIX flags.  These are not included in the Vi default value, except
 	when $VIM_POSIX was set on startup. |posix|
@@ -2166,6 +2220,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.

+						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
+			feature}
+			{not in Vi}
+	In the absence of a prefix (-P) for cscope. setting this option enables
+	to use the basename of cscope.out path as the prefix.
+	See |cscoperelative|.
+
 				*'cscopetag'* *'cst'* *'nocscopetag'* *'nocst'*
 'cscopetag' 'cst'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -2822,13 +2886,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
-	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when "unix" is not present,
-	     or when no <NL> is found in the file, and when "dos" is not
-	     present, or no <CR><NL> is present in the file.
-	     Also if "unix" was first chosen, but the first <CR> is before
-	     the first <NL> and there appears to be more <CR>'s than <NL>'s in
-	     the file, then 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
+	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
+	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
+	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
+	     Except: if "unix" was chosen, but there is a <CR> before
+	     the first <NL>, and there appear to be more <CR>s than <NL>s in
+	     the first few lines, "mac" is used.
 	  4. If 'fileformat' is still not set, the first name from
 	     'fileformats' is used.
 	  When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
@@ -2836,6 +2901,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file only, the option is not changed.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.

+	Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
+	used.  Set 'fileformat' in your .vimrc instead.
+
 	For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
 	are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
 	done:
@@ -2876,8 +2944,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
 	This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
 	one dot may appear.
-	Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
-	type that is actually stored with the file.
 	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
 	'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
@@ -3049,9 +3115,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
-	Sets the minimum number of screen lines for a fold to be displayed
-	closed.  Also for manually closed folds.
-	Note that this only has an effect of what is displayed.  After using
+	Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
+	closed.  Also for manually closed folds.  With the default value of
+	one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
+	Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
+	Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
 	"zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
 	than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.

@@ -3075,6 +3143,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
 	command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma separated
 	list of items.
+	NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
+	Add the |zv| command to the mapping to get the same effect.
+	(rationale: the mapping may want to control opening folds itself)
+
 		item		commands ~
 		all		any
 		block		"(", "{", "[[", "[{", etc.
@@ -3089,8 +3161,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				Also for |[s| and |]s|.
 		tag		jumping to a tag: ":ta", CTRL-T, etc.
 		undo		undo or redo: "u" and CTRL-R
-	When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.  Add
-	the |zv| command to the mapping to get the same effect.
 	When a movement command is used for an operator (e.g., "dl" or "y%")
 	this option is not used.  This means the operator will include the
 	whole closed fold.
@@ -3191,7 +3261,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the internal format mechanism.

 	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	|sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working, since changing
+	the buffer text is not allowed.

 					*'fsync'* *'fs'* *'nofsync'* *'nofs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean (default on)
@@ -3237,7 +3308,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	XXX: Think about how 'fullscreen' and 'transparency' should interact. 

 						*'fuoptions'* *'fuopt'*
-'fuoptions' 'fuopt'	string (default "maxvert")
+'fuoptions' 'fuopt'	string (default "maxvert,maxhorz")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only in MacVim GUI}
@@ -3257,6 +3328,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		number of columns, it is restored to the value it had before
 		entering fullscreen.
 	background:color
+		{not supported in Mac OS X native full screen}
 		When entering fullscreen, 'color' defines the color of the part
 		of the screen that is not occupied by the Vim control. If
 		'color' is an 8-digit hexadecimal number preceded by '#',
@@ -3268,15 +3340,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		scheme.

 	Examples: 
-	Don't change size of Vim when entering fullscreen: >
+	Don't change size when entering fullscreen: >
 	  :set fuoptions=
-<	Maximize Vim when entering fullscreen: >
-	  :set fuoptions=maxvert,maxhorz
-<	Maximize Vim only vertically when entering fullscreen, and color the
+<	Only maximize vertically when entering fullscreen: >
+	  :set fuoptions=maxvert
+<	Maximize only vertically when entering fullscreen, and color the
 	background dark blue: >
 	  :set fuoptions=maxvert,background:#FF003042
-<	Don't change the size of Vim when entering fullscreen, and color the
-	background like the current text background: >
+<	Don't change size when entering fullscreen, and color the background
+	like the current text background: >
 	  :set fuoptions=background:Normal
 <
 	XXX: what if the font size is changed? you probably never want to
@@ -3424,7 +3496,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
 <
 					*'guifont'* *'gfn'*
-						   *E235* *E596* *E610* *E611*
+						   *E235* *E596*
 'guifont' 'gfn'		string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -4148,7 +4220,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is used when a new line is created, for the |=| operator and
 	in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
 	When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
-	'smartindent' indenting.
+	'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
+	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
 	When 'paste' is set this option is not used for indenting.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
@@ -4371,6 +4444,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"echo &key".  This is to avoid showing it to someone who shouldn't
 	know.  It also means you cannot see it yourself once you have set it,
 	be careful not to make a typing error!
+	You can use "&key" in an expression to detect whether encryption is
+	enabled.  When 'key' is set it returns "*****" (five stars).

 					*'keymap'* *'kmp'* *E544*
 'keymap' 'kmp'		string	(default "")
@@ -4715,25 +4790,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

-						*'colorcolumn'* *'cc'*
-'colorcolumn' 'cc'	string	(default "")
-			local to window
-			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
-			feature}
-	'colorcolumn' is a comma separated list of screen columns that are
-	highlighted with ColorColumn |hl-ColorColumn|.  Useful to align
-	text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
-	The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
-	'+' or '-', which is added to or subtracted from 'textwidth'. >
-
-		:set cc=+1  " highlight column after 'textwidth'
-		:set cc=+1,+2,+3  " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'
-		:hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey
-<
-	When 'textwidth' is zero then the items with '-' and '+' are not used.
-	A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.
-
 						*'matchpairs'* *'mps'*
 'matchpairs' 'mps'	string	(default "(:),{:},[:]")
 			local to buffer
@@ -4920,6 +4976,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
+	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
+	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
+	an explanation.
 	When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
 	will be ignored.

@@ -5186,20 +5246,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.


-					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'* *E366*
-'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (RISC-OS default: "Text",
-				others default: "")
+					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'*
+'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+osfiletype|
-			feature}
-	Some operating systems store extra information about files besides
-	name, datestamp and permissions.  This option contains the extra
-	information, the nature of which will vary between systems.
-	The value of this option is usually set when the file is loaded, and
-	is used to set the operating system file type when file is written.
-	It can affect the pattern matching of the automatic commands.
-	|autocmd-osfiletypes|
+	This option was supported on RISC OS, which has been removed.
+

 						*'paragraphs'* *'para'*
 'paragraphs' 'para'	string	(default "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp")
@@ -5965,8 +6017,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.  It's not used for
-	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).  See |option-backslash| about
-	including spaces and backslashes.  See |dos-shell|.
+	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
+	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
+	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
+	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -5987,9 +6042,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "zsh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	"2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.  Before using
-	the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
+	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
+	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
+	"sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6068,7 +6124,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
 	When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
-	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix.  You can check it with: >
+	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix and MS-Windows 2K and
+	later.  You can check it with: >
 		:if has("filterpipe")
 <	The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
 	and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
@@ -6342,8 +6399,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line.  Works for C-like
 	programs, but can also be used for other languages.  'cindent' does
 	something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
-	see |C-indenting|.  When 'cindent' is on, setting 'si' has no effect.
-	'indentexpr' is a more advanced alternative.
+	see |C-indenting|.  When 'cindent' is on or 'indentexpr' is set,
+	setting 'si' has no effect.  'indentexpr' is a more advanced
+	alternative.
 	Normally 'autoindent' should also be on when using 'smartindent'.
 	An indent is automatically inserted:
 	- After a line ending in '{'.
@@ -6581,7 +6639,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	where it was the last time the buffer was edited.
 	NOTE: This option is set when 'compatible' is set.

-			   *'statusline'* *'stl'* *E540* *E541* *E542*
+			   *'statusline'* *'stl'* *E540* *E542*
 'statusline' 'stl'	string	(default empty)
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -6594,7 +6652,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
 	  %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
 	All fields except the {item} is optional.  A single percent sign can
-	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.
+	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *E541*

 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
@@ -6647,7 +6705,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	k S   Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when |:lmap| mappings are
 	      being used: "<keymap>"
 	n N   Buffer number.
-	b N   Value of byte under cursor.
+	b N   Value of character under cursor.
 	B N   As above, in hexadecimal.
 	o N   Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
 	      Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
@@ -7656,8 +7714,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	!	When included, save and restore global variables that start
 		with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
 		letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
-		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Only String and Number types are
-		stored.
+		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
+		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
 	"	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
 		the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
 		backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
@@ -7873,6 +7931,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	a pattern from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
 	uses another default.

+
+			*'wildignorecase'* *'wic'* *'nowildignorecase'* *'nowic'*
+'wildignorecase' 'wic'	boolean	(default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
+	Has no effect on systems where file name case is generally ignored.
+	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
+	happens when there are special characters.
+
+
 				*'wildmenu'* *'wmnu'* *'nowildmenu'* *'nowmnu'*
 'wildmenu' 'wmnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -1,322 +1,12 @@
-*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thomas Leonard


 						*riscos* *RISCOS* *RISC-OS*
-This file contains the particularities for the RISC OS version of Vim.
+The RISC OS support has been removed from Vim with patch 7.3.187.
+If you would like to use Vim on RISC OS get the files from before that patch.

-The RISC OS port is a completely new port and is not based on the old "archi"
-port.

-1.  File locations		|riscos-locations|
-2.  Filename munging		|riscos-munging|
-3.  Command-line use		|riscos-commandline|
-4.  Desktop (GUI) use		|riscos-gui|
-5.  Remote use (telnet)		|riscos-remote|
-6.  Temporary files		|riscos-temp-files|
-7.  Interrupting		|riscos-interrupt|
-8.  Memory usage		|riscos-memory|
-9.  Filetypes			|riscos-filetypes|
-10. The shell			|riscos-shell|
-11. Porting new releases	|riscos-porting|
-
-If I've missed anything, email me and I'll try to fix it.  In fact, even if I
-haven't missed anything then email me anyway to give me some confidence that it
-actually works!
-
-Thomas Leonard <tal197@ecs.soton.ac.uk>
-
-	[these URLs no longer work...]
- Port homepage:	http://www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-	or try:	http://www.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-locations*
-1. File locations
-
-The Vim executable and shared resource files are all stored inside the !Vim
-application directory.
-
-When !Vim is first seen by the filer, it aliases the *vi and *ex commands to
-run the command-line versions of Vim (see |riscos-commandline|).
-
-!Vim.Resources and !Vim.Resources2 contain the files from the standard Vim
-distribution, but modified slightly to work within the limits of ADFS, plus
-some extra files such as the window templates.
-
-User choices are read from "Choices:*" and are saved to "<Choices$Write>.*".
-If you have the new !Boot structure then these should be set up already.  If
-not, set Choices$Path to a list of directories to search when looking for
-user configuration files.  Set Choices$Write to the directory you want files
-to be saved into (so your search patterns and marks can be remembered between
-sessions).
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-munging*
-2. Filename munging
-
-All pathname munging is disabled by default, so Vim should behave like a
-normal RISC OS application now.  So, if you want to edit "doc/html" then you
-actually type "*vi doc/html".
-
-The only times munging is done is when:
-
- Searching included files from C programs, since these are always munged.
-  See |[I|.
-  Note: make sure you are in the right directory when you use this
-	command (i.e. the one with subdirectories "c" and "h").
-
- Sourcing files using |:so|.
-  Paths starting "$VIM/" are munged like this:
-
-  $VIM/syntax/help.vim  ->  Vim:syntax.help
-
-  Also, files ending in ".vim" have their extensions removed, and slashes
-  replaced with dots.
-
-Some tag files and script files may have to be edited to work under this port.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-commandline*
-3. Command-line use
-
-To use Vim from the command-line use the "*vi" command (or "*ex" for
-|Ex-mode|).
-
-Type "*vi -h" for a list of options.
-
-Running the command-line version of Vim in a large high-color mode may cause
-the scrolling to be very slow.  Either change to a mode with fewer colors or
-use the GUI version.
-
-Also, holding down Ctrl will slow it down even more, and Ctrl-Shift will
-freeze it, as usual for text programs.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-gui*
-4. Desktop use
-
-Limitations:
-
- Left scrollbars don't work properly (right and bottom are fine).
- Doesn't increase scroll speed if it gets behind.
-
-You can resize the window by dragging the lower-right corner, even though
-there is no icon shown there.
-
-You can use the --rows and --columns arguments to specify the initial size of
-the Vim window, like this: >
-
-  *Vi -g --rows 20 --columns 80
-
-The global clipboard is supported, so you can select some text and then
-paste it directly into another application (provided it supports the
-clipboard too).
-
-Clicking Menu now opens a menu like a normal RISC OS program.  Hold down Shift
-when clicking Menu to paste (from the global clipboard).
-
-Dragging a file to the window replaces the CURRENT buffer (the one with the
-cursor, NOT the one you dragged to) with the file.
-
-Dragging with Ctrl held down causes a new Vim window to be opened for the
-file (see |:sp|).
-
-Dragging a file in with Shift held down in insert mode inserts the pathname of
-the file.
-
-:browse :w opens a standard RISC OS save box.
-:browse :e opens a directory viewer.
-
-For fonts, you have the choice of the system font, an outline font, the system
-font via ZapRedraw and any of the Zap fonts via ZapRedraw: >
-
-  :set guifont=
-<			To use the system font via the VDU drivers.  Supports
-			bold and underline.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium
-<			Use the named outline font.  You can use any font, but
-			only monospaced ones like Corpus look right.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium:w8:h12:b:i
-<			As before, but with size of 8 point by 12 point, and
-			in bold italic.
-			If only one of width and height is given then that
-			value is used for both.  If neither is given then 10
-			point is used.
-
-Thanks to John Kortink, Vim can use the ZapRedraw module.  Start the font name
-with "!" (or "!!" for double height), like this: >
-
-  :set guifont=!!
-<			Use the system font, but via ZapRedraw.  This gives a
-			faster redraw on StrongARM processors, but you can't
-			get bold or italic text.  Double height.
->
-  :set guifont=!script
-<			Uses the named Zap font (a directory in VimFont$Path).
-			The redraw is the same speed as for "!!", but you get
-			a nicer looking font.
-			Only the "man+" and "script" fonts are supplied
-			currently, but you can use any of the Zap fonts if
-			they are in VimFont$Path.
-			Vim will try to load font files "0", "B", "I" and "IB"
-			from the named directory.  Only "0" (normal style) MUST
-			be present.  Link files are not currently supported.
-
-Note that when using ZapRedraw the edit bar is drawn in front of the character
-you are on rather than behind it.  Also redraw is incorrect for screen modes
-with eigen values of 0.  If the font includes control characters then you can
-get Vim to display them by changing the 'isprint' option.
-
-If you find the scrolling is too slow on your machine, try experimenting
-with the 'scrolljump' and 'ttyscroll' options.
-
-In particular, StrongARM users may find that: >
-
-  :set ttyscroll=0
-
-makes scrolling faster in high-color modes.
-
-=============================================================================
-							*riscos-remote*
-5. Remote use (telnet)
-
-I have included a built-in termcap entry, but you can edit the termcap file to
-allow other codes to be used if you want to use Vim from a remote terminal.
-
-Although I do not have an internet connection to my Acorn, I have managed to
-run Vim in a FreeTerm window using the loopback connection.
-
-It seems to work pretty well now, using "*vi -T ansi".
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-temp-files*
-6. Temporary files
-
-If Vim crashes then the swap and backup files (if any) will be in the
-directories set with the 'directory' and 'bdir' options.  By default the swap
-files are in <Wimp$ScrapDir> (i.e. inside !Scrap) and backups are in the
-directory you were saving to.  Vim will allow you to try and recover the file
-when you next try to edit it.
-
-To see a list of swap files, press <F12> and type "*vi -r".
-
-Vim no longer brings up ATTENTION warnings if you try to edit two files with
-the same name in different directories.
-
-However, it also no longer warns if you try to edit the same file twice (with
-two copies of Vim), though you will still be warned when you save that the
-datestamp has changed.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-interrupt*
-7. Interrupting
-
-To break out of a looping macro, or similar, hold down Escape in the
-command-line version, or press CTRL-C in the GUI version.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-memory*
-8. Memory usage
-
-Vim will use dynamic areas on RISC OS 3.5 or later.  If you can use them on
-older machines then edit the !RunTxt and GVim files.  I don't know what UnixLib
-does by default on these machines so I'm playing safe.
-
-It doesn't work at all well without dynamic areas, since it can't change its
-memory allocation once running.  Hence you should edit "!Vim.GVim" and
-"!Vim.!RunTxt" to choose the best size for you.  You probably need at least
-about 1400K.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-filetypes*
-9. Filetypes
-
-You can now specify that autocommands are only executed for files of certain
-types.  The filetype is given in the form &xxx, when xxx is the filetype.
-
-Filetypes must be specified by number (e.g. &fff for Text).
-
-The system has changed from version 5.3.  The new sequence of events is:
-
- A file is loaded. |'osfiletype'| is set to the RISC OS filetype.
- Based on the filetype and pathname, Vim will try to set |'filetype'| to the
-  Vim-type of the file.
- Setting this option may load syntax files and perform other actions.
- Saving the file will give it a filetype of |'osfiletype'|.
-
-Some examples may make this clearer:
-
-  Kind of file loaded	osfiletype	filetype ~
-  C code "c.hellow"	Text (&fff)	C
-  LaTeX document	LaTeX (&2a8)	TeX
-  Draw document		DrawFile (&aff)	(not changed)
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-shell*
-10. The shell
-
- Bangs (!s) are only replaced if they are followed by a space or end-of-line,
-  since many pathnames contain them.
-
- You can prefix the command with "~", which stops any output from being
-  displayed.  This also means that you don't have to press <Enter> afterwards,
-  and stops the screen from being redrawn. {only in the GUI version}
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-porting*
-11. Porting new releases to RISC OS
-
-Downloading everything you need:
-
- Get the latest source distribution (see www.vim.org)
- Get the runtime environment files (e.g. these help files)
- Get the RISC OS binary distribution (if possible)
-
-
-Unarchiving:
-
- Create a raFS disk and put the archives on it
- Un-gzip them
- Un-tar them   (*tar xELf 50 archive/tar)
-
-
-Recompiling the sources:
-
- Create c, s, and h directories.
- Put all the header files in "h".	     \
- Put all the C files in "c".		     | And lose the extensions
- Put the assembler file ("swis/s") in "s".  /
- Rename all the files in "proto" to "h", like this:
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.proto.file/pro
-	  becomes
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.h.file_pro
- In the files "h.proto" and "c.termlib", search and replace
-    .pro"
-       with
-    _pro.h"
- Create a simple Makefile if desired and do "*make -k".
-  Use "CC = gcc -DRISCOS -DUSE_GUI -O2 -x c" in the Makefile.
- Save the binary as !Vim.Vim in the binary distribution.
-
-
-Updating the run-time environment:
-
- Replace old or missing files inside !Vim.Resources with the
-  new files.
- Remove files in "doc" not ending in "/txt", except for "tags".
- Lose the extensions from the files in "doc".
- Edit the "doc.tags" file.  Remove extensions from the second column: >
-	:%s/^\(.[^\t]*\t.*\)\.txt\t/\1\t/
- Remove extensions from the syntax files.  Split them into two directories
-  to avoid the 77 entry limit on old ADFS filesystems.
- Edit "Vim:FileType" to match "*.c.*" as well as "*/c" and so on.
-  Add filetype checking too.
- Edit "Vim:Menu" and remove all the keys from the menus: >
-	:%s/<Tab>[^ \t]*//
-<
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 28
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
 Or use one of the mirrors:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS

-You will need both the Unix and Extra archives to build vim.exe for VMS.
-For using Vim's full power you will need the runtime files as well.
-
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 	ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
 4. Problems						*vms-problems*

 The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
-platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without bigger problems.
+platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without big problems.
 If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
 OS_VMS_CONF.H file.

@@ -88,11 +85,11 @@ Also GTK, XPM library paths should be configured in MAKE_VMS.MMS

 Note: Under VAX it should work with the DEC C compiler without problems.  The
 VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
-semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program what will do the lion
+semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
 part of the job.  For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt

-MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XD.EXE you should
-change to subdirectory and build it separately.
+MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
+change to a subdirectory and build it separately.

 CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS
 specific source might contain CTAGS source files as described above.
@@ -184,9 +181,9 @@ You may want to create .vimrc and .gvimrc files in your home directory

 The easiest way is just rename example files.  You may leave the menu file
 (MENU.VIM) and files vimrc and gvimrc in the original $VIM directory.  It will
-be default setup for all users, and for users it is enough just to have their
-own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and .gvimrc.
-It should work without problems.
+be the default setup for all users, and for users it is enough to just have
+their own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and
+.gvimrc.  It should work without problems.

 Note: Remember, system rc files (default for all users) don't have a leading
 ".".  So, system rc files are: >
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ and user customized rc files are: >
 	sys$login:.vimrc
 	sys$login:.gvimrc

-You can check that everything is on the right place with the :version command.
+You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.

 Example LOGIN.COM: >

@@ -209,15 +206,15 @@ Example LOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip

-Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on standalone server or
-clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as internode editor in
+Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
+clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
 DECNET environment, it will satisfy as well.
 You just have to define the "whole" path: >

 	$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
 	$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"

-As for example: >
+For example: >

 	$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
@@ -300,12 +297,12 @@ For more information type $help set disp in VMS prompt.

 4) If you are working on MS-Windows or some other non X/Window environment
   you need to set up one X server and run Vim as in point 2.
-   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX , Omni X etc.,
+   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX, Omni X etc.,
   as well as excellent commercial products as eXcursion or ReflectionX with
   built-in DEC support.

 Please note, that executables without GUI are slightly faster during startup
-then with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
+than with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
 features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.

 ==============================================================================
@@ -326,8 +323,8 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.12 diff-mode
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
-8.15 Slow start in console mode issue 
-8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures 
+8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures

 8.1 Backspace/delete

@@ -360,7 +357,7 @@ number, try these settings. >
 	:set nowritebackup   " does not have any purpose on VMS.  It's the
 			     " default.

-Recovery is working perfect as well from the default swap file.
+Recovery is working perfectly as well from the default swap file.
 Read more with :help swapfile

 (Claude Marinier <ClaudeMarinier@xwavesolutions.com> Vim 5.5, Zoltan Arpadffy
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ Note: You may use <,> brackets as well (device:<path>file.ext;version) as
 rf10:<user.zay.work>test.c;1

 (David Elins <delins@foliage.com>, Jerome Lauret
-<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6 )
+<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6)


 8.5 Remote host invocation
@@ -445,14 +442,14 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
    builtin_dumb
 defaulting to 'vt320'
 ---
-The solution is to define default terminal name: >
+The solution is to define the default terminal name: >

 	$ ! unknown terminal name.  Let us use vt320 or ansi instead.
 	$ ! Note: it's case sensitive
 	$ define term "vt320"

-Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200 ) do not need any extra
-keyboard mappings.  They should work perfect as they are, including arrows,
+Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200) do not need any extra
+keyboard mappings.  They should work perfectly as they are, including arrows,
 Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 .gvimrc: >

@@ -465,8 +462,8 @@ your .vimrc file: >

 	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal

-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid fast terminal option with: >
+Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
+recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >

 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode

@@ -483,8 +480,8 @@ special commands to execute executables: >

 OpenVMS users always have to be aware that the Vim command :! "just" drop them
 to DCL prompt.  This feature is possible to use without any problem with all
-DCL commands, but if we want to execute some program as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS etc.
-we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
+DCL commands, but if we want to execute some programs such as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS,
+etc.  we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
 xxd).

 Solution: Execute with the MC command and add the full path to the executable.
@@ -534,7 +531,7 @@ Example: >

 	$define SYS$PRINT HP5ANSI

-You can print out whole buffer or just the marked area.
+You can print out the whole buffer or just the marked area.
 More info under :help hardcopy

 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.0c)
@@ -561,16 +558,16 @@ will be confused after a window-resize.
 From 6.0 diff functionality has been implemented, but OpenVMS does not use
 GNU/Unix like diff therefore built in diff does not work.
 There is a simple solution to solve this anomaly.  Install a Unix like diff
-and Vim will work perfect in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
+and Vim will work perfectly in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
 diff program as: >

 	define /nolog diff <GNU_PATH>diff.exe

 Another, more sophisticated solution is described below (8.12 diff-mode)
-There are some other programs as patch, make etc that may cause same problems.
-At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for Alpha and VAX
-boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
-( Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
+There are other programs such as patch, make etc that may cause the same
+problems.  At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for
+Alpha and VAX boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
+(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)


 8.12 diff-mode
@@ -632,7 +629,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
    3. VIM  diff:  $ VIMDIFF  <FILE1> <FILE2>
    4. GVIM diff:  $ GVIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>

-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)


 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
@@ -653,46 +650,47 @@ Now word-based commands, e.g. the '*'-search-command and the CTRL-]
 tag-lookup, work on the whole identifier.  (Ctags on VMS also supports '$' in
 C keywords since ctags version 5.1.)

-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)

 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners

-It exits VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script that can help Vim beginners to learn/make
-first steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may
-start it with: >
+The VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script can help Vim beginners to learn/make their first
+steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may start it
+with: >

 	@vim:vimtutor

 (Thomas.R.Wyant III, Vim 6.1)

-8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Slow start in console mode issue

 As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
 deploy those executables system wide.
 Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
-slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
+slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X
+environment detection timeout.

 Luckily, there is a simple solution for that. Administrators need to deploy
 both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >

-    |- vim72
+    |- vim73
    |----- doc
-    |----- syntax        
+    |----- syntax
       vimrc    (system rc files)
       gvimrc
-       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
-       vim.exe  (the console only executable) 
+       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
+       vim.exe  (the console only executable)

 Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >

-	$ define/nolog VIM RF10:[UTIL.VIM72] ! where you VIM directory is
+	$ define/nolog VIM RF10:[UTIL.VIM73] ! where you VIM directory is
 	$ vi*m  :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gvi*m :== mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE
 	$ ! or you can try to spawn with
 	$ gv*im :== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40


-Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in 
+Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
 console mode can avoid performance problems.

 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
@@ -714,8 +712,8 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR
 +---------------------------------+

 It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
-executables. 
-There are more solutions for this problem:
+executables.
+There are several solutions for this problem:

 Solution 1.  All executables in the same directory with different names
 This is easily done with the following script that can be added
@@ -755,7 +753,7 @@ Solution 2.  Different directories: >
 	$      define/nolog VIM RF10:[UTIL.IA64_EXE] ! IA64 executables
 	$ endif
        $! VIMRUNTIME must be defined in order to find runtime files
-	$ define/nolog VIMRUNTIME RF10:[UTIL.VIM72]
+	$ define/nolog VIMRUNTIME RF10:[UTIL.VIM73]

 A good example for this approach is the [GNU]gnu_tools.com script from
 GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX
- filepath completition corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
+- filepath completion corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
  and shell commands
 - the following plugins are included into VMS runtime:
 	genutils 2.4, multiselect 2.2, multvals 3.1, selectbuf 4.3,
@@ -784,10 +782,10 @@ Version 7.3
 Version 7.2 (2008 Aug 9)
 - VCF files write corrected
 - CTAGS 5.7 included
- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error) 
+- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)

 Version 7.1 (2007 Jun 15)
- create TAGS file from menu 
+- create TAGS file from menu

 Version 7 (2006 May 8)
 - Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -313,6 +313,37 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
   with :!start do not get passed Vim's open file handles, which means they do
   not have to be closed before Vim.
   To avoid this special treatment, use ":! start".
+   There are two optional arguments (see the next Q):
+       /min  the window will be minimized.
+       /b"   no console window will be opened
+   You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
+   treated as the start of the command.
+
+Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
+A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
+   1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
+      with no other changes. It will work equally for console and GUI
+      applications.
+   2) You can use the /b flag to run console applications without creating a
+      console window for them (GUI applications are not affected). But you
+      should use this flag only if the application you run doesn't require any
+      input.  Otherwise it will get an EOF error because its input stream
+      (stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdout and stderr too).
+
+   Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
+        :!start /min ctags -R .
+<  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
+   directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
+   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
+        :!start /b ctags -R .
+<  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
+   blinking on the taskbar.
+   Example for a GUI application: >
+        :!start /min notepad
+        :!start /b notepad
+<  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
+   normally.

 Q. I'm using Win32s, and when I try to run an external command like "make",
   Vim doesn't wait for it to finish!  Help!
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 20


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -214,7 +214,8 @@ The last used pattern and offset are remembered.  They can be used to repeat
 the search, possibly in another direction or with another count.  Note that
 two patterns are remembered: One for 'normal' search commands and one for the
 substitute command ":s".  Each time an empty pattern is given, the previously
-used pattern is used.
+used pattern is used.  However, if there is no previous search command, a
+previous substitute pattern is used, if possible.

 The 'magic' option sticks with the last used pattern.  If you change 'magic',
 this will not change how the last used pattern will be interpreted.
@@ -634,7 +635,8 @@ overview.
 	Like '(?!pattern)" in Perl.
 	Example			matches ~
 	foo\(bar\)\@!		any "foo" not followed by "bar"
-	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "app", etc. not followed by a "p"
+	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "aap", "app", etc. not immediately
+				followed by a "p"
 	if \(\(then\)\@!.\)*$	"if " not followed by "then"

 	Using "\@!" is tricky, because there are many places where a pattern
@@ -650,6 +652,13 @@ overview.
 	"foobar" you could use "\(foo\)\@!...bar", but that doesn't match a
 	bar at the start of a line.  Use "\(foo\)\@<!bar".

+	Useful example: to find "foo" in a line that does not contain "bar": >
+		/^\%(.*bar\)\@!.*\zsfoo
+<	This pattern first checks that there is not a single position in the
+	line where "bar" matches.  If ".*bar" matches somewhere the \@! will
+	reject the pattern.  When there is no match any "foo" will be found.
+	The "\zs" is to have the match start just before "foo".
+
 							*/\@<=*
 \@<=	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what
 	follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
@@ -1027,11 +1036,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
-	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  The form
-	  is:
+	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This
+	  only works for Unicode, latin1 and latin9.  The form is:
 		[=a=]
-	  Currently this is only implemented for latin1.  Also works for the
-	  latin1 characters in utf-8 and latin9.
 							*/[[.* *[..]*
 	- A collation element.  This currently simply accepts a single
 	  character in the form:
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Oct 14
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 May 31
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
 Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2010 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
           The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
           pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
           "getscript" instead of "Vim".  No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -77,7 +77,9 @@ Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*

 Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
+
 	:GLVS
+
 will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
 command, then you may type
 >
@@ -127,7 +129,8 @@ click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
 	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40

 The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
-download the associated page.
+download the associated page, and is assigned by vim.sf.net itself
+during initial uploading of the plugin.

 The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The SourceID
 records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
@@ -151,19 +154,39 @@ This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
 script is automatically installable.  Getscript will also use this line to
 help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >

-	884 1 AutoAlign.vim
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
 <
-in it an AutoAlign.vim line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
+assuming that such a line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
 See |glvs-plugins| for more.  Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
 comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!

+In summary:
+
+  * Optionally tell getscript that it is allowed to build/append a
+    GetLatestVimScripts.dat file based upon already installed plugins: >
+	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
+<
+  * A line such as >
+	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in an already-downloaded plugin constitutes the concurrence of the
+    plugin author that getscript may do AutoInstall.  Not all plugins
+    may be AutoInstall-able, and the plugin's author is best situated
+    to know whether or not his/her plugin will AutoInstall properly.
+
+  * A line such as >
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in your GetLatestVimScripts.dat file constitutes your permission
+    to getscript to do AutoInstall.  AutoInstall requires both your
+    and the plugin author's permission.  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
+
+
 						*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
 >
    ScriptID SourceID Filename
    --------------------------
-    294 1 Align.vim
-    120 2 decho.vim
+    294 1 :AutoInstall: Align.vim
+    120 2 Decho.vim
     40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
    451 4 EasyAccents.vim
    195 5 engspchk.vim
@@ -201,8 +224,8 @@ are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
 	                        ^
 	                    scriptid
 <
-NOTE: :AutoInstall: is a plugin-author option, not a GetLatestVimScripts.dat~
-      entry!~
+NOTE: The :AutoInstall: feature requires both the plugin author's and~
+      the user's permission to operate!~

 GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
 already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
@@ -210,7 +233,7 @@ a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
 plugins depend upon.

 Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
-your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
+your own scripts atop your own copy, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
 hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this:  put
 >
 	0 0 yourscriptname
@@ -351,6 +374,9 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1

+v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
+		   * *.xz support
+v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
 v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
 		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
 		     Solution: bypass the acd option
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 28
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 31

 	    -----------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)

-Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2010 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
 	   Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code, with
 	   or without modifications, provided that this copyright notice is
 	   copied with it. Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim,
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2010 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
      NETRC..............................................|netrw-netrc|
      PASSWORD...........................................|netrw-passwd|
 5.  Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
-6.  Transparent File Editing.............................|netrw-transparent|
+6.  Transparent Remote File Editing......................|netrw-transparent|
 7.  Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
 8.  Variables and Options................................|netrw-var|
 9.  Browsing.............................................|netrw-browse|
@@ -65,6 +65,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2010 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
      Displaying Information About File..................|netrw-qf|
      Edit File Or Directory Hiding List.................|netrw-ctrl-h|
      Editing The Sorting Sequence.......................|netrw-S|
+      Forcing treatment as a file or directory...........|netrw-gd| |netrw-gf|
      Going Up...........................................|netrw--|
      Hiding Files Or Directories........................|netrw-a|
      Improving Browsing.................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
@@ -180,19 +181,19 @@ EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS			*netrw-externapp* {{{2

 	Protocol  Variable	    Default Value
 	--------  ----------------  -------------
-	   dav:  *g:netrw_dav_cmd*   = "cadaver"     if cadaver is executable
-	   dav:   g:netrw_dav_cmd    = "curl -o"     elseif curl is available
-	 fetch:  *g:netrw_fetch_cmd* = "fetch -o"    if fetch is available
-	   ftp:  *g:netrw_ftp_cmd*   = "ftp"
-	  http:  *g:netrw_http_cmd*  = "elinks"     if   elinks  is available
+	   dav:   *g:netrw_dav_cmd*    = "cadaver"    if cadaver is executable
+	   dav:   g:netrw_dav_cmd    = "curl -o"    elseif curl is available
+	 fetch:   *g:netrw_fetch_cmd*  = "fetch -o"   if fetch is available
+	   ftp:   *g:netrw_ftp_cmd*    = "ftp"
+	  http:   *g:netrw_http_cmd*   = "elinks"     if   elinks  is available
 	  http:   g:netrw_http_cmd   = "links"      elseif links is available
 	  http:   g:netrw_http_cmd   = "curl"       elseif curl  is available
 	  http:   g:netrw_http_cmd   = "wget"       elseif wget  is available
          http:   g:netrw_http_cmd   = "fetch"      elseif fetch is available
-	   rcp:  *g:netrw_rcp_cmd*   = "rcp"
-	 rsync:  *g:netrw_rsync_cmd* = "rsync -a"
-	   scp:  *g:netrw_scp_cmd*   = "scp -q"
-	  sftp:  *g:netrw_sftp_cmd*  = "sftp"
+	   rcp:   *g:netrw_rcp_cmd*    = "rcp"
+	 rsync:   *g:netrw_rsync_cmd*  = "rsync -a"
+	   scp:   *g:netrw_scp_cmd*    = "scp -q"
+	  sftp:   *g:netrw_sftp_cmd*   = "sftp"

 	*g:netrw_http_xcmd* : the option string for http://... protocols are
 	specified via this variable and may be independently overridden.  By
@@ -272,7 +273,7 @@ SOURCING					*netrw-source* {{{2
 	:Nsource "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path"	uses scp
 	:Nsource "sftp://[user@]machine/path"		uses sftp

-DIRECTORY LISTING					*netrw-dirlist* {{{2
+DIRECTORY LISTING				*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2

 	One may browse a directory to get a listing by simply attempting to
 	edit the directory: >
@@ -280,14 +281,15 @@ DIRECTORY LISTING					*netrw-dirlist* {{{2
 		:e scp://[user]@hostname/path/
 		:e ftp://[user]@hostname/path/
 <
-	For remote directories (ie. those using scp or ftp), that trailing
-	"/" is necessary (the slash tells netrw to treat the argument as a
-	directory to browse instead of a file to download).
+	For remote directory listings (ie. those using scp or ftp), that
+	trailing "/" is necessary (the slash tells netrw to treat the argument
+	as a directory to browse instead of as a file to download).

-	However, the Nread command can also be used to accomplish this:
-
-	:Nread [protocol]://[user]@hostname/path/
+	The Nread command may also be used to accomplish this (again, that
+	trailing slash is necessary): >

+		:Nread [protocol]://[user]@hostname/path/
+<
 					*netrw-login* *netrw-password*
 CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD		*netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2

@@ -500,7 +502,23 @@ that file.  Your ftp must be able to use the <.netrc> file on its own, however.
 >
 	vim ftp://[user@]machine[[:#]portnumber]/path
 <
-However, ftp will often need to query the user for the userid and password.
+Windows provides an ftp (typically c:\Windows\System32\ftp.exe) which uses
+an option, -s:filename (filename can and probably should be a full path)
+which contains ftp commands which will be automatically run whenever ftp
+starts.  You may use this feature to enter a user and password for one site: >
+	userid
+	password
+If |g:netrw_ftp_cmd| contains -s:[path/]MACHINE, then (on Windows machines only)
+netrw will substitute the current machine name requested for ftp connection
+for MACHINE.  Hence one can have multiple machine.ftp files containing login
+and password for ftp.  Example: >
+
+	g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
+	vim ftp://myhost.somewhere.net/
+will use a file >
+	C:\Users\Myself\myhost.ftp
+<
+Often, ftp will need to query the user for the userid and password.
 The latter will be done "silently"; ie. asterisks will show up instead of
 the actually-typed-in password.  Netrw will retain the userid and password
 for subsequent read/writes from the most recent transfer so subsequent
@@ -624,7 +642,7 @@ your <.vimrc> customization file: >
 <

 ==============================================================================
-6. Transparent File Editing			*netrw-transparent* {{{1
+6. Transparent Remote File Editing			*netrw-transparent* {{{1

 Transparent file transfers occur whenever a regular file read or write
 (invoked via an |:autocmd| for |BufReadCmd|, |BufWriteCmd|, or |SourceCmd|
@@ -1225,7 +1243,7 @@ CHANGING TO A PREDECESSOR DIRECTORY		*netrw-u* *netrw-updir* {{{2

 Every time you change to a new directory (new for the current session),
 netrw will save the directory in a recently-visited directory history
-list (unless g:netrw_dirhistmax is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
+list (unless |g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
 "u" map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor).  To do
 the opposite, see |netrw-U|.

@@ -1527,6 +1545,19 @@ Related topics:               |netrw-s|               |netrw-S|
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_sort_sequence| |g:netrw_sort_options|


+FORCING TREATMENT AS A FILE OR DIRECTORY	*netrw-gd* *netrw-gf* {{{2
+
+Remote symbolic links (ie. those listed via ssh or ftp) are problematic
+in that it is difficult to tell whether they link to a file or to a
+directory.
+
+To force treatment as a file: use >
+	gd
+<
+To force treatment as a directory: use >
+	gf
+<
+
 GOING UP							*netrw--* {{{2

 To go up a directory, press "-" or press the <cr> when atop the ../ directory
@@ -1740,6 +1771,16 @@ the cursor atop a marked file and press "mf".  This process also works
 with <s-leftmouse> using gvim.  One may unmark all files by pressing
 "mu" (see |netrw-mu|).

+Marked files are highlighted using the "netrwMarkFile" highlighting group,
+which by default is linked to "Identifier" (see Identifier under
+|group-name|).  You may change the highlighting group by putting something
+like >
+
+	highlight clear netrwMarkFile
+	hi link netrwMarkFile ..whatever..
+<
+into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim .
+
 *markfilelist* *global_markfilelist* *local_markfilelist*
 All marked files are entered onto the global marked file list; there is only
 one such list.  In addition, every netrw buffer also has its own local marked
@@ -1789,7 +1830,8 @@ MARKED FILES: COPYING						*netrw-mc* {{{2
 		      (Uses the global marked file list)

 Select a target directory with mt (|netrw-mt|).  Then change directory,
-select file(s) (see |netrw-mf|), and press "mc".
+select file(s) (see |netrw-mf|), and press "mc".  The copy is done
+from the current window (where one does the mf) to the target.

 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_localcopycmd| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|

@@ -1841,7 +1883,8 @@ MARKED FILES: MOVING						*netrw-mm* {{{2
 	Use at your own risk!

 Select a target directory with mt (|netrw-mt|).  Then change directory,
-select file(s) (see |netrw-mf|), and press "mm".
+select file(s) (see |netrw-mf|), and press "mm".  The move is done
+from the current window (where one does the mf) to the target.

 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_localmovecmd| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|

@@ -1922,21 +1965,21 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
   ---				-----------
   Var				Explanation
   ---				-----------
-< *g:netrw_alto*		change from above splitting to below splitting
+< *g:netrw_alto*		  change from above splitting to below splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-o|)
 				 default: =&sb           (see |'sb'|)

-  *g:netrw_altv*		change from left splitting to right splitting
+  *g:netrw_altv*		  change from left splitting to right splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
 				 default: =&spr          (see |'spr'|)

-  *g:netrw_banner*		enable/suppress the banner
+  *g:netrw_banner*		  enable/suppress the banner
 				=0: suppress the banner
 				=1: banner is enabled (default)
 				NOTE: suppressing the banner is a new feature
 				which may cause problems.

-  *g:netrw_browse_split*	when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
+  *g:netrw_browse_split*	  when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
 				=0: re-using the same window
 				=1: horizontally splitting the window first
 				=2: vertically   splitting the window first
@@ -1946,7 +1989,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    to get vertical splitting instead of
 				    horizontal splitting.

-  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	specify user's preference for a viewer: >
+  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	  specify user's preference for a viewer: >
 					"kfmclient exec"
 					"gnome-open"
 <				If >
@@ -1955,35 +1998,48 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				a script/function to handle the given
 				extension.  (see |netrw_filehandler|).

-  *g:netrw_chgperm*		Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
+  *g:netrw_chgperm*		  Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
 				Windows:    "cacls FILENAME /e /p PERM"
 				Used to change access permission for a file.

-  *g:netrw_compress*		="gzip"
+  *g:netrw_compress*		  ="gzip"
 				    Will compress marked files with this
 				    command

-  *g:netrw_ctags*		="ctags"
+  *g:netrw_ctags*		  ="ctags"
 				The default external program used to create tags

-  *g:netrw_cursorline*		= 1 (default)
-				will use the |'cursorline'| local setting when
-				|g:netrw_liststyle| ==0 (thin listing) or
-				|g:netrw_liststyle| ==1 (long listing) or
-				|g:netrw_liststyle| ==3 (tree listing)
-				(ie. doesn't affect the wide listing)
-				=0: off
-				=2: like ==1, but the wide listing gets both
-				cursorline and |'cursorcolumn'|locally set
+  *g:netrw_cursor*		  = 2 (default)
+  				This option controls the use of the
+				|'cursorline'| (cul) and |'cursorcolumn'|
+				(cuc) settings by netrw:

-  *g:netrw_decompress*		= { ".gz" : "gunzip" ,
+				Value   Thin-Long-Tree      Wide
+				 =0      u-cul u-cuc      u-cul u-cuc
+				 =1      u-cul u-cuc        cul u-cuc
+				 =2        cul u-cuc        cul u-cuc
+				 =3        cul u-cuc        cul   cuc
+				 =4        cul   cuc        cul   cuc
+
+				Where
+				  u-cul : user's |'cursorline'|   setting used
+				  u-cuc : user's |'cursorcolumn'| setting used
+				  cul   : |'cursorline'|  locally set
+				  cuc   : |'cursorcolumn'| locally set
+
+  *g:netrw_decompress*		  = { ".gz" : "gunzip" ,
 				    ".bz2" : "bunzip2" ,
 				    ".zip" : "unzip" ,
 				    ".tar" : "tar -xf"}
 				  A dictionary mapping suffices to
 				  decompression programs.

-  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		=0: slow speed directory browsing;
+  *g:netrw_dirhistmax*            =10: controls maximum quantity of past
+                                     history.  May be zero to supppress
+				     history.
+				     (related: |netrw-qb| |netrw-u| |netrw-U|)
+
+  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		  =0: slow speed directory browsing;
 				    never re-uses directory listings,
 				    always obtains directory listings.
 				=1: medium speed directory browsing;
@@ -2007,10 +2063,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				trading off accuracy (ie. up-to-date listing)
 				versus speed.

-  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	=' ?&;%'
+  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	  =' ?&;%'
 				Used on filenames before remote reading/writing

-  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
+  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	  ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
 				that can show up as "directories" and "files"
 				in the listing.  This pattern is used to
 				remove such embedded messages.  By default its
@@ -2023,95 +2079,95 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 : connect to address [0-9a-fA-F:]*
 				 : No route to host$'

-  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing.  Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -lF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"


-  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by size of file.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -slF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"

-  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by time of last modification.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -tlF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"

-  *g:netrw_glob_escape*		='[]*?`{~$'  (unix)
+  *g:netrw_glob_escape*		  ='[]*?`{~$'  (unix)
 				='[]*?`{$'  (windows
 				These characters in directory names are
 				escaped before applying glob()

-  *g:netrw_hide*		if true, the hiding list is used
+  *g:netrw_hide*		  if true, the hiding list is used
 				 default: =0

-  *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
+  *g:netrw_home*		  The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
 				.netrwhist).
 				 default: the first directory on the
 				         |'runtimepath'|

-  *g:netrw_keepdir*		=1 (default) keep current directory immune from
+  *g:netrw_keepdir*		  =1 (default) keep current directory immune from
 				   the browsing directory.
 				=0 keep the current directory the same as the
 				   browsing directory.
 				The current browsing directory is contained in
 				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)

-  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		command for listing remote directories
+  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		  command for listing remote directories
 				 default: (if ssh is executable)
 				          "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"

-  *g:netrw_liststyle*		Set the default listing style:
+  *g:netrw_liststyle*		  Set the default listing style:
                                = 0: thin listing (one file per line)
                                = 1: long listing (one file per line with time
 				     stamp information and file size)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		  comma separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
 				 default: ""

-  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	  ="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="copy" Windows
 				Copies marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)

-  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	  ="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="move" Windows
 				Moves marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mm|)

-  *g:netrw_local_mkdir*		command for making a local directory
+  *g:netrw_local_mkdir*		  command for making a local directory
 				 default: "mkdir"

-  *g:netrw_local_rmdir*		remove directory command (rmdir)
+  *g:netrw_local_rmdir*		  remove directory command (rmdir)
 				 default: "rmdir"

-  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	=32 by default, selected so as to make long
+  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	  =32 by default, selected so as to make long
 				    listings fit on 80 column displays.
 				If your screen is wider, and you have file
 				or directory names longer than 32 bytes,
 				you may set this option to keep listings
 				columnar.

-  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		command for making a remote directory
+  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		  command for making a remote directory
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"

-  *g:netrw_mousemaps*		=1 (default) enables the mouse buttons
-				   while browsing:
+  *g:netrw_mousemaps*		  =1 (default) enables mouse buttons while
+  				   browsing to:
 				     leftmouse       : open file/directory
 				     shift-leftmouse : mark file
 				     middlemouse     : same as P
 				     rightmouse      : remove file/directory
 				=0: disables mouse maps

-  *g:netrw_retmap*		if it exists and is set to one, then:
+  *g:netrw_retmap*		  if it exists and is set to one, then:
 				 * if in a netrw-selected file, AND
 				 * no normal-mode <2-leftmouse> mapping exists,
 				then the <2-leftmouse> will be mapped for easy
@@ -2130,22 +2186,22 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)

 				  default: =0

-  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		command for removing files
+  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		  command for removing files
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm"

-  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		command for removing directories
+  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		  command for removing directories
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rmdir"

-  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		 command for removing softlinks
+  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		   command for removing softlinks
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm -f"

-  *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", or "size"
+  *g:netrw_sort_by*		  sort by "name", "time", or "size"
 				 default: "name"

-  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
+  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	  sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
 				 default: "normal"

-  *g:netrw_sort_options*	sorting is done using |:sort|; this
+  *g:netrw_sort_options*	  sorting is done using |:sort|; this
 				variable's value is appended to the
 				sort command.  Thus one may ignore case,
 				for example, with the following in your
@@ -2153,14 +2209,14 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					let g:netrw_sort_options="i"
 <				 default: ""

-  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	when sorting by name, first sort by the
+  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	  when sorting by name, first sort by the
 				comma-separated pattern sequence.  Note that
 				the filigree added to indicate filetypes
 				should be accounted for in your pattern.
 				 default: '[\/]$,*,\.bak$,\.o$,\.h$,
 				           \.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$'

-  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	If true, then certain files will be shown
+  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	  If true, then certain files will be shown
 				in special syntax in the browser:

 					netrwBak     : *.bak
@@ -2171,7 +2227,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					netrwMakefile: [mM]akefile *.mak
 					netrwObj     : *.o *.obj
 					netrwTags    : tags ANmenu ANtags
-					netrwTilde   : *~ 
+					netrwTilde   : *~
 					netrwTmp     : tmp* *tmp

 				These syntax highlighting groups are linked
@@ -2182,12 +2238,12 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 <				into one's <.vimrc> to use one's own
 				preferences.

-  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		One may specify an executable command
+  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		  One may specify an executable command
 				to use instead of ssh for remote actions
 				such as listing, file removal, etc.
 				 default: ssh

-  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
+  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	  ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
 				messages, banners, and whatnot that one doesn't
 				want masquerading as "directories" and "files".
 				Use this pattern to remove such embedded
@@ -2195,11 +2251,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					 '^total\s\+\d\+$'


-  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
+  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	  =' &;'
 				escape() is applied to all temporary files
 				to escape these characters.

-  *g:netrw_timefmt*		specify format string to vim's strftime().
+  *g:netrw_timefmt*		  specify format string to vim's strftime().
 				The default, "%c", is "the preferred date
 				and time representation for the current
 				locale" according to my manpage entry for
@@ -2209,7 +2265,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 " %a %Y-%m-%d  %I-%M-%S %p"
 				 default: "%c"

-  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
+  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		  netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
 				for browser buffers.  However, under some
 				systems this apparently is causing nasty
 				ml_get errors to appear; if you're getting
@@ -2217,12 +2273,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				  let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 				in your .vimrc.

-  *g:netrw_winsize*		specify initial size of new windows made with
+  *g:netrw_winsize*		  specify initial size of new windows made with
 				"o" (see |netrw-o|), "v" (see |netrw-v|),
-				|:Hexplore| or |:Vexplore|.
-				 default: ""
+				|:Hexplore| or |:Vexplore|.  The g:netrw_winsize
+				is an integer describing the percentage of the
+				current netrw buffer's window to be used for
+				the new window.
+				 default: 50  (for 50%)

-  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
+  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		  Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
 				including multi-byte characters' string
 				length. (thanks to N Weibull, T Mechelynck)
 				=0: uses Vim's built-in strlen()
@@ -2238,7 +2297,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    immediately preceded by lam, one
 				    otherwise, etc)

-  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		This variable specifies the top level
+  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		  This variable specifies the top level
 				menu name; by default, it's "Netrw.".  If
 				you wish to change this, do so in your
 				.vimrc.
@@ -2254,7 +2313,7 @@ file you edit; this apparently also applies to directories.  In other words,
 autochdir sets the current directory to that containing the "file" (even if
 that "file" is itself a directory).

-NETRW SETTINGS						*netrw-settings* {{{2
+NETRW BROWSER SETTINGS						*netrw-settings* {{{2

 With the NetrwSettings.vim plugin, >
 	:NetrwSettings
@@ -2298,6 +2357,7 @@ Related topics:
   directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.


+							*netrw-createfile*
 OPEN A NEW FILE IN NETRW'S CURRENT DIRECTORY		*netrw-%*

 To open a file in netrw's current directory, press "%".  This map will
@@ -2604,7 +2664,7 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|

 								*netrw-p11*
 	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my editing
-	     window on the right.  How can I do this?
+	     window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?

 		* Put the following line in your <.vimrc>:
 			let g:netrw_altv = 1
@@ -2650,18 +2710,56 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	    "let g:netrw_sftp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSFTP.exe"
 	    "let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSCP.exe"
 <
+								*netrw-p14*
+	P14. I'd would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh
+	     style connections.  How?  (Thomer M. Gil)

+	     Try using ssh's ControlMaster and ControlPath (see the ssh_config
+	     man page) to share multiple ssh connections over a single network
+	     connection. That cuts out the cryptographic handshake on each
+	     file write, sometimes speeding it up by an order of magnitude.
+	     (see  http://thomer.com/howtos/netrw_ssh.html)
+	     (included by permission)
+
+	     Add the following to your ~/.ssh/config: >
+
+		 # you change "*" to the hostname you care about
+		 Host *
+		   ControlMaster auto
+		   ControlPath /tmp/%r@%h:%p
+
+<	     Then create an ssh connection to the host and leave it running: >
+
+		 ssh -N host.domain.com
+
+<	     Now remotely open a file with Vim's Netrw and enjoy the
+	     zippiness: >
+
+		vim scp://host.domain.com//home/user/.bashrc
+<
+								*netrw-p15*
+	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single click
+	     to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
+
+	     First, disable netrw's mapping with >
+		    let g:netrw_mousemaps= 0
+<	     and then create a netrw buffer only mapping in
+	     $HOME/.vim/after/ftplugin/netrw.vim: >
+		    nmap <buffer> <2-leftmouse> <CR>
+<	     Note that setting g:netrw_mousemaps to zero will turn off
+	     all netrw's mouse mappings, not just the <leftmouse> one.
+	     (see |g:netrw_mousemaps|)

 ==============================================================================
 11. Debugging Netrw Itself				*netrw-debug* {{{1

-The <netrw.vim> script is typically available as:
+The <netrw.vim> script is typically available as something like:
 >
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim6x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim6x/autoload/netrw.vim
-< -or- >
 	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
 	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim
+< -or- >
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim6x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim6x/autoload/netrw.vim
 <
 which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).

@@ -2706,6 +2804,28 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1

+	v142: Apr 06, 2011 * I modified NetrwRemoteListing() to use
+			     shellescape(fnameescape(s:path),1) for
+			     the benefit of those using scp://.../
+			     with subdirectories having spaces.
+			     Problem reported by: Gilles Charron
+	      Apr 18, 2011 * s:NetrwMethod() attempts to issue an
+	      		     error message when given a malformed url
+	      Apr 29, 2011 * converted most mousemaps to use <Plug>s
+			   * |g:netrw_winsize|'s meaning changed
+	v141: Aug 28, 2010 * added -s:... support for Windows ftp
+			   * restored 2-leftmouse for :Rex-like return
+			   * added balloon help for banner
+	      Oct 26, 2010 * :Texplore changed to start from netrw's idea
+			     of the current directory, not pwd's
+	      Feb 10, 2011 * netrwPlugin modified to use BufReadCmd
+			     when the "filename" ends with a "/" or a "\"
+			     Avoids "... is a directory" message, works
+			     inside a try-catch-endtry clause.
+	      Feb 22, 2011 * for menus, &go =~# used to insure correct case
+	      Apr 01, 2011 * changed g:netrw_cursorcolumn to g:netrw_cursor
+	                     In addition, there's more supported settings for
+			     it.
 	v140: Jul 27, 2010 * (Lech Lorens) unexpected change of window
 	v139: May 14, 2010 * when viewing remote directory listings and
 			     changing listing style, going to tree listing
@@ -2732,7 +2852,7 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 	v137: Dec 28, 2009 * modified the preview window handling for
 			     vertically split windows.  The preview
 			     window will take up all but g:netrw_winsize
-			     columns of the original window; those 
+			     columns of the original window; those
 			     g:netrw_winsize columns will be used for
 			     the netrw listing.
 			   * (Simon Dambe) removed "~" from
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 09
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 31

 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -83,8 +83,12 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
 4. History						*tar-history*


+   v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
+   		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
+		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
   v26 Aug 09, 2010 * uses buffer-local instead of window variables to hold
 		      tarfile name
+		    * inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
   v25 Jun 19, 2010 * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
   v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
       Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14

 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 	   No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
 1. Contents				*vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*

 	1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
+	2. Vimball Introduction..........................: |vimball-intro|
 	3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
 	   MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
 	   UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
@@ -176,6 +177,22 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1

+	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
+			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
+			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
+			    its now turned off)
+	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
+			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
+			    compression types) now works
+			  * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
+			  * fenc extraction was erroneously picking up the
+			    end of the line number when no file encoding
+			    was present.  Fixed.
+			  * By request, beginning the switchover from the vba
+			    extension to vmb.  Currently both are supported;
+			    MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
+	     Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
+			    handling of zero-length files
 	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
 			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
 			    causing problems
@@ -199,6 +216,8 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    causing problems as reported by Zhang Shuhan
 	24 : Nov 15, 2007 * g:vimball_path_escape used by s:Path() to
 	                    prevent certain characters from causing trouble
+			    (defunct: |fnameescape()| and |shellescape()|
+			    now used instead)
 	22 : Mar 21, 2007 * uses setlocal instead of set during BufEnter
 	21 : Nov 27, 2006 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) vimball had a header
 	                    handling problem and it now changes \s to /s
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14

 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
           Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 	   the use of this software.

 ==============================================================================
-1. Contents					*zip* *zip-contents*
+1. Contents						*zip* *zip-contents*
   1. Contents................................................|zip-contents|
   2. Usage...................................................|zip-usage|
   3. Additional Extensions...................................|zip-extension|
   4. History.................................................|zip-history|

 ==============================================================================
-2. Usage					*zip-usage* *zip-manual*
+2. Usage						*zip-usage* *zip-manual*

   When one edits a *.zip file, this plugin will handle displaying a
   contents page.  Select a file to edit by moving the cursor atop
@@ -64,12 +64,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*

   If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine zipped files,
   you may put the following two variables into your <.vimrc> to prevent
-   the tar plugin from loading: >
+   the zip plugin from loading: >

 	let g:loaded_zipPlugin= 1
 	let g:loaded_zip      = 1
 <
-<

 ==============================================================================
 3. Additional Extensions					*zip-extension*
@@ -84,7 +83,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
   should be treated as zip files.

 ==============================================================================
-4. History					*zip-history* {{{1
+4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
+		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
+		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect
+		      jump list
   v17 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
   v15 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:zip_shq
   v14 May 07, 2007 * using b:zipfile instead of w:zipfile to avoid problem
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,28 +215,29 @@ command with 'l'.

 							*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
-			jump to the first error.  If {expr} is a String, then
-			each new-line terminated line in the String is
-			processed using 'errorformat' and the result is added
-			to the quickfix list.  If {expr} is a List, then each
-			String item in the list is processed and added to the
-			quickfix list.  Non String items in the List are
-			ignored. See |:cc|
-			for [!].
+			jump to the first error.
+			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
+			line in the String is processed using the global value
+			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
+			quickfix list.
+			If {expr} is a List, then each String item in the list
+			is processed and added to the quickfix list.  Non
+			String items in the List are ignored.
+			See |:cc| for [!].
 			Examples: >
 				:cexpr system('grep -n xyz *')
 				:cexpr getline(1, '$')
 <
 							*:lex* *:lexpr*
-:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as ":cexpr", except the location list for the
+:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as |:cexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.

 							*:cgete* *:cgetexpr*
 :cgete[xpr] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr}.
-			Just like ":cexpr", but don't jump to the first error.
+			Just like |:cexpr|, but don't jump to the first error.

 							*:lgete* *:lgetexpr*
-:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as ":cgetexpr", except the location list for the
+:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as |:cgetexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.

 							*:cad* *:caddexpr*
@@ -546,6 +547,14 @@ descriptors when searching many files.  However, when the |:hide| command
 modifier is used the buffers are kept loaded.  This makes following searches
 in the same files a lot faster.

+Note that |:copen| (or |:lopen| for |:lgrep|) may be used to open a buffer
+containing the search results in linked form.  The |:silent| command may be
+used to suppress the default full screen grep output.  The ":grep!" form of
+the |:grep| command doesn't jump to the first match automatically.  These
+commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
+
+        command! -nargs=+ NewGrep execute 'silent grep! <args>' | copen 42
+

 5.1 using Vim's internal grep

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 24
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -657,6 +657,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cscopepathcomp'  'cspc'    how many components of the path to show
 'cscopeprg'       'csprg'   command to execute cscope
 'cscopequickfix'  'csqf'    use quickfix window for cscope results
+'cscoperelative'  'csre'    Use cscope.out path basename as prefix
 'cscopetag'       'cst'     use cscope for tag commands
 'cscopetagorder'  'csto'    determines ":cstag" search order
 'cscopeverbose'   'csverb'  give messages when adding a cscope database
@@ -803,7 +804,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'omnifunc'	  'ofu'     function for filetype-specific completion
 'opendevice'	  'odev'    allow reading/writing devices on MS-Windows
 'operatorfunc'	  'opfunc'  function to be called for |g@| operator
-'osfiletype'	  'oft'     operating system-specific filetype information
+'osfiletype' 	  'oft'     no longer supported
 'paragraphs'	  'para'    nroff macros that separate paragraphs
 'paste'			    allow pasting text
 'pastetoggle'	  'pt'	    key code that causes 'paste' to toggle
@@ -938,6 +939,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'wildchar'	  'wc'	    command-line character for wildcard expansion
 'wildcharm'	  'wcm'     like 'wildchar' but also works when mapped
 'wildignore'	  'wig'     files matching these patterns are not completed
+'wildignorecase'  'wic'     ignore case when completing file names
 'wildmenu'	  'wmnu'    use menu for command line completion
 'wildmode'	  'wim'     mode for 'wildchar' command-line expansion
 'wildoptions'	  'wop'     specifies how command line completion is done
@@ -1095,11 +1097,11 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 |:_#|	    #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
 	Note: The next seven are typed literally; these are not special keys!
-|:<afile>|  <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
+|:<abuf>|   <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
 			   file name is expected)
-|:<afile>|  <afile>	file name, for user in an autocommand (only where a
+|:<afile>|  <afile>	file name, for use in an autocommand (only where a
 			   file name is expected)
-|:<afile>|  <amatch>	what matched with the pattern, for use in an
+|:<amatch>| <amatch>	what matched with the pattern, for use in an
 			   autocommand (only where a file name is expected)
 |:<cword>|  <cword>	word under the cursor (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
@@ -1381,7 +1383,7 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 		set foldmethod=indent	folding by indent
 		set foldmethod=expr	folding by 'foldexpr'
 		set foldmethod=syntax	folding by syntax regions
-		set foldmethod=marker	folding by 'foldmarkers'
+		set foldmethod=marker	folding by 'foldmarker'

 |zf|		zf{motion}		operator: Define a fold manually
 |:fold|		:{range}fold		define a fold for {range} lines
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -260,15 +260,16 @@ Eccettuato, Italy)


 In summary:
-     __     ___		    _	    _	_  ___ _____
-     \ \   / (_)_ __ ___   (_)___  | | | |/ _ \_   _|
-      \ \ / /| | '_ ` _ \  | / __| | |_| | | | || |
-       \ V / | | | | | | | | \__ \ |  _  | |_| || |
-	\_/  |_|_| |_| |_| |_|___/ |_| |_|\___/ |_|
-	     ____ _____ _   _ _____ _____ _ _
-	    / ___|_   _| | | |	___|  ___| | |
-	    \___ \ | | | | | | |_  | |_  | | |
-	     ___) || | | |_| |	_| |  _| |_|_|
-	    |____/ |_|	\___/|_|   |_|	 (_|_)	      (Tony Nugent, Australia)
+     __     ___		    _	    _	_  ___ _____ `
+     \ \   / (_)_ __ ___   (_)___  | | | |/ _ \_   _| `
+      \ \ / /| | '_ ` _ \  | / __| | |_| | | | || | `
+       \ V / | | | | | | | | \__ \ |  _  | |_| || | `
+	\_/  |_|_| |_| |_| |_|___/ |_| |_|\___/ |_| `
+	     ____ _____ _   _ _____ _____ _ _ `
+	    / ___|_   _| | | |	___|  ___| | | `
+	    \___ \ | | | | | | |_  | |_  | | | `
+	     ___) || | | |_| |	_| |  _| |_|_| `
+	    |____/ |_|	\___/|_|   |_|	 (_|_)	    (Tony Nugent, Australia) `
+

 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Nov 04
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ To abort this type CTRL-C twice.
 q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			(uppercase to append).  The 'q' command is disabled
 			while executing a register, and it doesn't work inside
-			a mapping.  {Vi: no recording}
+			a mapping and |:normal|.  {Vi: no recording}

 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
@@ -112,9 +112,13 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
@{0-9a-z".=*}		Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*} [count]
 			times.  Note that register '%' (name of the current
 			file) and '#' (name of the alternate file) cannot be
-			used.  For "@=" you are prompted to enter an
-			expression.  The result of the expression is then
-			executed.  See also |@:|.  {Vi: only named registers}
+			used.
+			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
+			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
+			applies.
+			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
+			result of the expression is then executed.
+			See also |@:|.  {Vi: only named registers}

 							*@@* *E748*
@@			Repeat the previous @{0-9a-z":*} [count] times.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 07
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -70,7 +70,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 :sign define {name} {argument}...
 		Define a new sign or set attributes for an existing sign.
 		The {name} can either be a number (all digits) or a name
-		starting with a non-digit.
+		starting with a non-digit.  Leading digits are ignored, thus
+		"0012", "012" and "12" are considered the same name.
 		About 120 different signs can be defined.

 		Accepted arguments:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 11
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 25


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,6 +335,9 @@ A spell file might not be available in the current 'encoding'.  See
 |spell-mkspell| about how to create a spell file.  Converting a spell file
 with "iconv" will NOT work!

+Note: on VMS ".{enc}.spl" is changed to "_{enc}.spl" to avoid trouble with
+filenames.
+
 						    *spell-sug-file* *E781*
 If there is a file with exactly the same name as the ".spl" file but ending in
 ".sug", that file will be used for giving better suggestions.  It isn't loaded
@@ -519,7 +522,7 @@ then Vim will try to guess.
 			Up to eight regions can be combined. *E754* *E755*
 			The REP and SAL items of the first .aff file where
 			they appear are used. |spell-REP| |spell-SAL|
-
+								*E845*
 			This command uses a lot of memory, required to find
 			the optimal word tree (Polish, Italian and Hungarian
 			require several hundred Mbyte).  The final result will
@@ -1241,6 +1244,7 @@ one or more groups, where each group can be:
 Optionally this may be followed by:
 	*	the group appears zero or more times, e.g., sm*e
 	+	the group appears one or more times, e.g., c+
+	?	the group appears zero times or once, e.g., x?

 This is similar to the regexp pattern syntax (but not the same!).  A few
 examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
@@ -1248,6 +1252,7 @@ examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
    COMPOUNDRULE yz	    yz
    COMPOUNDRULE x+z	    xz xxz xxxz etc.
    COMPOUNDRULE yx+	    yx yxx yxxx etc.
+    COMPOUNDRULE xy?z	    xz xyz

    COMPOUNDRULE [abc]z    az bz cz
    COMPOUNDRULE [abc]+z   az aaz abaz bz baz bcbz cz caz cbaz etc.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Dec 31
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ exim	vim -E	    Start in improved Ex mode (see |Ex-mode|).	    *exim*
 			(normally not installed)
 view	vim -R	    Start in read-only mode (see |-R|).		    *view*
 gvim	vim -g	    Start the GUI (see |gui|).			    *gvim*
-gex	vim -eg	    Start the GUI in Ex mode.			    *gex*
-gview	vim -Rg	    Start the GUI in read-only mode.		    *gview*
+gex	vim -eg	    Start the GUI in Ex mode.			  *gex*
+gview	vim -Rg	    Start the GUI in read-only mode.		  *gview*
 rvim	vim -Z	    Like "vim", but in restricted mode (see |-Z|)   *rvim*
-rview	vim -RZ	    Like "view", but in restricted mode.	    *rview*
-rgvim	vim -gZ	    Like "gvim", but in restricted mode.	    *rgvim*
-rgview	vim -RgZ    Like "gview", but in restricted mode.	    *rgview*
+rview	vim -RZ	    Like "view", but in restricted mode.	  *rview*
+rgvim	vim -gZ	    Like "gvim", but in restricted mode.	  *rgvim*
+rgview	vim -RgZ    Like "gview", but in restricted mode.	  *rgview*
 evim    vim -y      Easy Vim: set 'insertmode' (see |-y|)	    *evim*
-eview   vim -yR     Like "evim" in read-only mode		    *eview*
+eview   vim -yR     Like "evim" in read-only mode		  *eview*
 vimdiff vim -d	    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 gvimdiff vim -gd    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -Z		Restricted mode.  All commands that make use of an external
 		shell are disabled.  This includes suspending with CTRL-Z,
 		":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion,
-		etc.
+		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(), etc.
 		{not in Vi}

 							*-g*
@@ -424,12 +424,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		"-d con:30/10/600/150".  But you can also use it to start
 		editing on another device, e.g., AUX:.  {not in Vi}
 							*-f*
-f		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
-		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
-		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
-		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
-
-		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
+-f		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
 		'f' stands for "foreground".  If omitted, the GUI forks a new
 		process and exits the current one.  "-f" should be used when
 		gvim is started by a program that will wait for the edit
@@ -437,8 +432,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		never to fork, include 'f' in 'guioptions' in your |gvimrc|.
 		Careful: You can use "-gf" to start the GUI in the foreground,
 		but "-fg" is used to specify the foreground color.  |gui-fork|
+
+		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
+		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
+		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
+		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
 		{not in Vi}

+
 							*--nofork*
 --nofork	GUI: Do not fork.  Same as |-f|.
 							*-u* *E282*
@@ -870,6 +871,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 12. Execute startup commands
 	If a "-t" flag was given to Vim, the tag is jumped to.
 	The commands given with the |-c| and |+cmd| arguments are executed.
+	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
 	If the 'insertmode' option is set, Insert mode is entered.
 	The |VimEnter| autocommands are executed.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 10
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -390,10 +390,10 @@ Or use the ":TOhtml" user command.  It is defined in a standard plugin.

 	:10,40TOhtml

-Warning: This is slow! The script must process every character of every line.
-Because it is so slow, by default a progress bar is displayed in the
-statusline for each step that usually takes a long time. If you don't like
-seeing this progress bar, you can disable it and get a very minor speed
+Warning: This can be slow! The script must process every character of every
+line. Because it can take a long time, by default a progress bar is displayed
+in the statusline for each major step in the conversion process. If you don't
+like seeing this progress bar, you can disable it and get a very minor speed
 improvement with: >

 	let g:html_no_progress = 1
@@ -468,47 +468,107 @@ disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
 Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
 html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.

-By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text.  This makes it show
-up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping.	If you prefer wrapping, at the
-risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
+By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" are used around the text. When 'wrap' is set
+in the window being converted, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
+used to wrap the text. You can explicitly enable the wrapping with: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
+or disable with >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
+This generates HTML that looks very close to the Vim window, but unfortunately
+there can be minor differences such as the lack of a 'showbreak' option in in
+the HTML, or where line breaks can occur.
+
+Another way to obtain text wrapping in the HTML, at the risk of making some
+things look even more different, is to use: >
   :let g:html_no_pre = 1
 This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
-spaces.
+spaces. Doing it this way is more compatible with old browsers, but modern
+browsers support the "white-space" method.

-The current value of 'encoding' is used to specify the charset of the HTML
-file.  This only works for those values of 'encoding' that have an equivalent
-HTML charset name.  To overrule this set g:html_use_encoding to the name of
-the charset to be used: >
-   :let g:html_use_encoding = "foobar"
-To omit the line that specifies the charset, set g:html_use_encoding to an
-empty string: >
+If you do stick with the default "<pre>" tags, <Tab> characters in the text
+are included in the generated output if they will have no effect on the
+appearance of the text and it looks like they are in the document
+intentionally. This allows for the HTML output to be copied and pasted from a
+browser without losing the actual whitespace used in the document.
+
+Specifically, <Tab> characters will be included if the 'tabstop' option is set
+to the default of 8, 'expandtab' is not set, and if neither the foldcolumn nor
+the line numbers are included in the HTML output (see options above). When any
+of these conditions are not met, any <Tab> characters in the text are expanded
+to the appropriate number of spaces in the HTML output.
+
+When "<pre>" is included, you can force |:TOhtml| to keep the tabs even if the
+other conditions are not met with: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
+Note that this can easily break text alignment and indentation in the HTML.
+
+Force tabs to be expanded even when they would be kept using: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
+
+For diff mode on a single file (with g:html_diff_one_file) a sequence of more
+than 3 filler lines is displayed as three lines with the middle line
+mentioning the total number of inserted lines.  If you prefer to see all the
+inserted lines as with the side-by-side diff, use: >
+    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
+And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
+    :unlet g:html_whole_filler
+
+For most buffers, TOhtml uses the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or
+'encoding' if not, to determine the charset and 'fileencoding' of the HTML
+file. 'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. In general, this
+works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in |encoding-names|,
+but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings which are widely
+supported. However, you can override this to support specific encodings that
+may not be automatically detected by default.
+
+To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
+name of the charset to be used. TOhtml will try to determine the appropriate
+'fileencoding' setting from the charset, but you may need to set it manually
+if TOhtml cannot determine the encoding. It is recommended to set this
+variable to something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be
+hosting on a webserver: >
+   :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
+You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
+entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string: >
   :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
 To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
 variable: >
   :unlet g:html_use_encoding
+
+If you specify a charset with g:html_use_encoding for which TOhtml cannot
+automatically detect the corresponding 'fileencoding' setting, you can use
+g:html_encoding_override to allow TOhtml to detect the correct encoding.
+This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
+pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs. For
+example, to allow TOhtml to detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" properly as
+the encoding "8bit-cp1252", use: >
+   :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
 <
-For diff mode a sequence of more than 3 filler lines is displayed as three
-lines with the middle line mentioning the total number of inserted lines.  If
-you prefer to see all the inserted lines use: >
-    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
-And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
-    :unlet g:html_whole_filler
-<
+The g:html_charset_override is similar, it allows TOhtml to detect the HTML
+charset for any 'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected
+automatically. You can also use it to override specific existing
+encoding-charset pairs. For example, TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all
+Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16 and UTF-32 instead, use: >
+   :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
+
+Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
+compatibility problems with at least one major browser.
+
 					    *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
-An alternative is to have the script generate XHTML (XML compliant HTML).  To
-do this set the "html_use_xhtml" variable: >
+If you do not like plain HTML, an alternative is to have the script generate
+XHTML (XML compliant HTML). To do this set the "html_use_xhtml" variable: >
    :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1

-Any of these options can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
-the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
-|:unlet|.
+Any of the on/off options listed above can be enabled or disabled by setting
+them explicitly to the desired value, or restored to their default by removing
+the variable using |:unlet|.

 Remarks:
- This only works in a version with GUI support.  If the GUI is not actually
-  running (possible for X11) it still works, but not very well (the colors
-  may be wrong).
 - Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
+- This version of TOhtml may work with older versions of Vim, but some
+  features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
+  incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.

 Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
 Unix shell: >
@@ -806,13 +866,13 @@ used.
 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard.  Some systems
 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
 between csh and tcsh.  In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
-"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh: >
-
-	:let filetype_csh = "csh"
+"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh:  *g:filetype_csh*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "csh"

 For using tcsh: >

-	:let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"

 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh.  All other tcsh/csh scripts
@@ -872,8 +932,8 @@ line to your startup file: >


 DOCBOOK					*docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
-DOCBOOK	XML				*docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
-DOCBOOK	SGML				*docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
+DOCBOOK XML				*docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
+DOCBOOK SGML				*docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*

 There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML.  To specify what type you
 are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set.  Vim does this for you
@@ -1042,6 +1102,8 @@ your .vimrc: >
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*

 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
+NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
+development stopped in 2009.

 Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
 syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
@@ -2258,7 +2320,7 @@ For highlighted builtin functions: >
 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
 	:let python_highlight_exceptions = 1

-For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs:
+For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
 	:let python_highlight_space_errors = 1

 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
@@ -2310,6 +2372,12 @@ This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
 displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.

+Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is.  If it can't be detected (from
+comment lines), the default is "r".  To make the default rexx add this line to
+your .vimrc:  *g:filetype_r*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_r = "r"
+

 RUBY						*ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*

@@ -3174,6 +3242,9 @@ DEFINING REGIONS	*:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
   :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
   :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
   :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
+<
+						*E849*
+The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.

 ==============================================================================
 6. :syntax arguments					*:syn-arguments*
@@ -3218,11 +3289,12 @@ Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
 in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"

 cchar							*:syn-cchar*
-
+							*E844*
 The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
 when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
 argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
-character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. Example: >
+character defined in the 'listchars' option is used.  The character cannot be
+a control character such as Tab.  Example: >
   :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
 See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.

@@ -3711,6 +3783,9 @@ This also has implications for nested clusters: >
   :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
   :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B	" no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
   :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B	" now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
+<
+						*E848*
+The maximum number of clusters is 9767.

 ==============================================================================
 9. Including syntax files				*:syn-include* *E397*
@@ -3750,6 +3825,9 @@ two different ways:
 	  with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
 	  include".

+						*E847*
+The maximum number of includes is 999.
+
 ==============================================================================
 10. Synchronizing				*:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*

@@ -3953,7 +4031,7 @@ To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >

    :sy[ntax] list {group-name}

-To list the syntax groups in one cluster:			*E392*	>
+To list the syntax groups in one cluster:			*E392*	 >

    :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}

@@ -4612,7 +4690,7 @@ is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
 When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.

 ==============================================================================
-16. Color xterms				*xterm-color* *color-xterm*
+17. Color xterms				*xterm-color* *color-xterm*

 Most color xterms have only eight colors.  If you don't get colors with the
 default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
@@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'cscopepathcomp'	options.txt	/*'cscopepathcomp'*
 'cscopeprg'	options.txt	/*'cscopeprg'*
 'cscopequickfix'	options.txt	/*'cscopequickfix'*
+'cscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'cscoperelative'*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
+'csre'	options.txt	/*'csre'*
 'cst'	options.txt	/*'cst'*
 'csto'	options.txt	/*'csto'*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
@@ -671,6 +673,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noweirdinvert'	options.txt	/*'noweirdinvert'*
 'nowfh'	options.txt	/*'nowfh'*
 'nowfw'	options.txt	/*'nowfw'*
+'nowic'	options.txt	/*'nowic'*
+'nowildignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nowildignorecase'*
 'nowildmenu'	options.txt	/*'nowildmenu'*
 'nowinfixheight'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixheight'*
 'nowinfixwidth'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixwidth'*
@@ -1078,10 +1082,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'wh'	options.txt	/*'wh'*
 'whichwrap'	options.txt	/*'whichwrap'*
 'wi'	options.txt	/*'wi'*
+'wic'	options.txt	/*'wic'*
 'wig'	options.txt	/*'wig'*
 'wildchar'	options.txt	/*'wildchar'*
 'wildcharm'	options.txt	/*'wildcharm'*
 'wildignore'	options.txt	/*'wildignore'*
+'wildignorecase'	options.txt	/*'wildignorecase'*
 'wildmenu'	options.txt	/*'wildmenu'*
 'wildmode'	options.txt	/*'wildmode'*
 'wildoptions'	options.txt	/*'wildoptions'*
@@ -1203,7 +1209,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +netbeans_intg	various.txt	/*+netbeans_intg*
 +odbeditor	various.txt	/*+odbeditor*
 +ole	various.txt	/*+ole*
-+osfiletype	various.txt	/*+osfiletype*
 +path_extra	various.txt	/*+path_extra*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
@@ -3192,6 +3197,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <ScrollWheelRight>	scroll.txt	/*<ScrollWheelRight>*
 <ScrollWheelUp>	scroll.txt	/*<ScrollWheelUp>*
 <Space>	motion.txt	/*<Space>*
+<SwipeDown>	gui_mac.txt	/*<SwipeDown>*
+<SwipeLeft>	gui_mac.txt	/*<SwipeLeft>*
+<SwipeRight>	gui_mac.txt	/*<SwipeRight>*
+<SwipeUp>	gui_mac.txt	/*<SwipeUp>*
 <Tab>	motion.txt	/*<Tab>*
 <Undo>	undo.txt	/*<Undo>*
 <Up>	motion.txt	/*<Up>*
@@ -3233,6 +3242,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
+<slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<slnum>*
 <xCSI>	intro.txt	/*<xCSI>*
 <xDown>	term.txt	/*<xDown>*
 <xEnd>	term.txt	/*<xEnd>*
@@ -3463,7 +3473,6 @@ E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
 E105	mbyte.txt	/*E105*
-E106	eval.txt	/*E106*
 E107	eval.txt	/*E107*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
@@ -3630,7 +3639,6 @@ E257	if_cscop.txt	/*E257*
 E258	remote.txt	/*E258*
 E259	if_cscop.txt	/*E259*
 E26	rileft.txt	/*E26*
-E260	if_cscop.txt	/*E260*
 E261	if_cscop.txt	/*E261*
 E262	if_cscop.txt	/*E262*
 E263	if_pyth.txt	/*E263*
@@ -3745,7 +3753,6 @@ E362	term.txt	/*E362*
 E363	options.txt	/*E363*
 E364	eval.txt	/*E364*
 E365	print.txt	/*E365*
-E366	options.txt	/*E366*
 E367	autocmd.txt	/*E367*
 E368	eval.txt	/*E368*
 E369	pattern.txt	/*E369*
@@ -3879,7 +3886,6 @@ E485	message.txt	/*E485*
 E486	pattern.txt	/*E486*
 E487	options.txt	/*E487*
 E488	message.txt	/*E488*
-E489	intro.txt	/*E489*
 E49	message.txt	/*E49*
 E490	fold.txt	/*E490*
 E492	message.txt	/*E492*
@@ -3962,7 +3968,6 @@ E561	if_cscop.txt	/*E561*
 E562	if_cscop.txt	/*E562*
 E563	if_cscop.txt	/*E563*
 E564	if_cscop.txt	/*E564*
-E565	if_cscop.txt	/*E565*
 E566	if_cscop.txt	/*E566*
 E567	if_cscop.txt	/*E567*
 E568	if_cscop.txt	/*E568*
@@ -4012,8 +4017,6 @@ E607	eval.txt	/*E607*
 E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
-E610	options.txt	/*E610*
-E611	options.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4262,8 +4265,23 @@ E834	options.txt	/*E834*
 E835	options.txt	/*E835*
 E836	if_pyth.txt	/*E836*
 E837	if_pyth.txt	/*E837*
+E838	netbeans.txt	/*E838*
+E839	insert.txt	/*E839*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
+E840	insert.txt	/*E840*
+E841	map.txt	/*E841*
+E842	cmdline.txt	/*E842*
+E843	editing.txt	/*E843*
+E844	syntax.txt	/*E844*
+E845	spell.txt	/*E845*
+E846	options.txt	/*E846*
+E847	syntax.txt	/*E847*
+E848	syntax.txt	/*E848*
+E849	syntax.txt	/*E849*
 E85	options.txt	/*E85*
+E850	change.txt	/*E850*
+E851	gui_x11.txt	/*E851*
+E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
@@ -4333,6 +4351,7 @@ IME	mbyte.txt	/*IME*
 Insert	insert.txt	/*Insert*
 Insert-mode	insert.txt	/*Insert-mode*
 InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
+InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
@@ -4898,6 +4917,8 @@ c_<S-Tab>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<S-Tab>*
 c_<S-Up>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<S-Up>*
 c_<Tab>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Tab>*
 c_<Up>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Up>*
+c_BS	cmdline.txt	/*c_BS*
+c_CR	cmdline.txt	/*c_CR*
 c_CTRL-A	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-A*
 c_CTRL-B	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-B*
 c_CTRL-C	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-C*
@@ -4930,6 +4951,15 @@ c_CTRL-\_e	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-\\_e*
 c_CTRL-]	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-]*
 c_CTRL-^	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-^*
 c_CTRL-_	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-_*
+c_Del	cmdline.txt	/*c_Del*
+c_Down	cmdline.txt	/*c_Down*
+c_End	cmdline.txt	/*c_End*
+c_Esc	cmdline.txt	/*c_Esc*
+c_Home	cmdline.txt	/*c_Home*
+c_Insert	cmdline.txt	/*c_Insert*
+c_Left	cmdline.txt	/*c_Left*
+c_Right	cmdline.txt	/*c_Right*
+c_Up	cmdline.txt	/*c_Up*
 c_digraph	cmdline.txt	/*c_digraph*
 c_wildchar	cmdline.txt	/*c_wildchar*
 call()	eval.txt	/*call()*
@@ -4980,13 +5010,49 @@ charset-conversion	mbyte.txt	/*charset-conversion*
 chill.vim	syntax.txt	/*chill.vim*
 cindent()	eval.txt	/*cindent()*
 cinkeys-format	indent.txt	/*cinkeys-format*
+cino-#	indent.txt	/*cino-#*
+cino-(	indent.txt	/*cino-(*
+cino-)	indent.txt	/*cino-)*
+cino-+	indent.txt	/*cino-+*
+cino-/	indent.txt	/*cino-\/*
+cino-:	indent.txt	/*cino-:*
+cino-=	indent.txt	/*cino-=*
+cino->	indent.txt	/*cino->*
+cino-C	indent.txt	/*cino-C*
+cino-J	indent.txt	/*cino-J*
+cino-L	indent.txt	/*cino-L*
+cino-M	indent.txt	/*cino-M*
+cino-N	indent.txt	/*cino-N*
+cino-U	indent.txt	/*cino-U*
+cino-W	indent.txt	/*cino-W*
+cino-^	indent.txt	/*cino-^*
+cino-b	indent.txt	/*cino-b*
+cino-c	indent.txt	/*cino-c*
+cino-e	indent.txt	/*cino-e*
+cino-f	indent.txt	/*cino-f*
+cino-g	indent.txt	/*cino-g*
+cino-h	indent.txt	/*cino-h*
+cino-i	indent.txt	/*cino-i*
+cino-j	indent.txt	/*cino-j*
+cino-l	indent.txt	/*cino-l*
+cino-m	indent.txt	/*cino-m*
+cino-n	indent.txt	/*cino-n*
+cino-p	indent.txt	/*cino-p*
+cino-star	indent.txt	/*cino-star*
+cino-t	indent.txt	/*cino-t*
+cino-u	indent.txt	/*cino-u*
+cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
+cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
+cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
 clientserver	remote.txt	/*clientserver*
 clipboard	gui.txt	/*clipboard*
+cmd-key	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-key*
 cmd-movement	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-movement*
+cmd-shortcuts	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-shortcuts*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5085,6 +5151,7 @@ cpo-+	options.txt	/*cpo-+*
 cpo--	options.txt	/*cpo--*
 cpo-.	options.txt	/*cpo-.*
 cpo-/	options.txt	/*cpo-\/*
+cpo-;	options.txt	/*cpo-;*
 cpo-<	options.txt	/*cpo-<*
 cpo->	options.txt	/*cpo->*
 cpo-A	options.txt	/*cpo-A*
@@ -5154,6 +5221,7 @@ cscope_connection()	eval.txt	/*cscope_connection()*
 cscopepathcomp	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopepathcomp*
 cscopeprg	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeprg*
 cscopequickfix	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopequickfix*
+cscoperelative	if_cscop.txt	/*cscoperelative*
 cscopetag	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetag*
 cscopetagorder	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetagorder*
 cscopeverbose	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeverbose*
@@ -5161,6 +5229,7 @@ csh.vim	syntax.txt	/*csh.vim*
 cspc	if_cscop.txt	/*cspc*
 csprg	if_cscop.txt	/*csprg*
 csqf	if_cscop.txt	/*csqf*
+csre	if_cscop.txt	/*csre*
 cst	if_cscop.txt	/*cst*
 csto	if_cscop.txt	/*csto*
 csverb	if_cscop.txt	/*csverb*
@@ -5267,6 +5336,7 @@ digraph	digraph.txt	/*digraph*
 digraph-arg	change.txt	/*digraph-arg*
 digraph-encoding	digraph.txt	/*digraph-encoding*
 digraph-table	digraph.txt	/*digraph-table*
+digraph-table-mbyte	digraph.txt	/*digraph-table-mbyte*
 digraph.txt	digraph.txt	/*digraph.txt*
 digraphs	digraph.txt	/*digraphs*
 digraphs-changed	version6.txt	/*digraphs-changed*
@@ -5437,6 +5507,11 @@ expr-env	eval.txt	/*expr-env*
 expr-env-expand	eval.txt	/*expr-env-expand*
 expr-function	eval.txt	/*expr-function*
 expr-is	eval.txt	/*expr-is*
+expr-is#	eval.txt	/*expr-is#*
+expr-is?	eval.txt	/*expr-is?*
+expr-isnot	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot*
+expr-isnot#	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot#*
+expr-isnot?	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot?*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
@@ -5671,6 +5746,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
+ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
@@ -5766,6 +5842,8 @@ g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Make()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make()*
 g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
+g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Find()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Find()*
@@ -5788,10 +5866,11 @@ g:netrw_chgperm	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgperm*
 g:netrw_chgwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgwin*
 g:netrw_compress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_compress*
 g:netrw_ctags	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ctags*
-g:netrw_cursorline	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cursorline*
+g:netrw_cursor	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cursor*
 g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
+g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
@@ -6000,6 +6079,7 @@ gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
+gui-IME	gui.txt	/*gui-IME*
 gui-clipboard	gui_w32.txt	/*gui-clipboard*
 gui-colors	syntax.txt	/*gui-colors*
 gui-extras	gui.txt	/*gui-extras*
@@ -6082,6 +6162,7 @@ hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
 has()	eval.txt	/*has()*
 has-patch	eval.txt	/*has-patch*
+has-python	if_pyth.txt	/*has-python*
 has_key()	eval.txt	/*has_key()*
 haskell.vim	syntax.txt	/*haskell.vim*
 haslocaldir()	eval.txt	/*haslocaldir()*
@@ -6209,6 +6290,7 @@ i)	motion.txt	/*i)*
 i<	motion.txt	/*i<*
 i>	motion.txt	/*i>*
 iB	motion.txt	/*iB*
+iBus	gui.txt	/*iBus*
 iW	motion.txt	/*iW*
 i[	motion.txt	/*i[*
 i]	motion.txt	/*i]*
@@ -6544,6 +6626,7 @@ macvim-differences	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-differences*
 macvim-drag-n-drop	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-drag-n-drop*
 macvim-encoding	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-encoding*
 macvim-find	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-find*
+macvim-gestures	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-gestures*
 macvim-hints	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-hints*
 macvim-international	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-international*
 macvim-login-shell	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-login-shell*
@@ -6783,6 +6866,7 @@ netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
 netrw-contents	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-contents*
 netrw-copyright	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-copyright*
 netrw-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cr*
+netrw-createfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-createfile*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
@@ -6806,7 +6890,9 @@ netrw-fixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-fixup*
 netrw-ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftp*
 netrw-ftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftype*
 netrw-gb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gb*
+netrw-gd	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gd*
 netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
+netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
@@ -6859,6 +6945,8 @@ netrw-p10	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p10*
 netrw-p11	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p11*
 netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
+netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
+netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -6907,6 +6995,7 @@ netrw-start	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-start*
 netrw-t	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-t*
 netrw-texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-texplore*
 netrw-todo	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-todo*
+netrw-trailingslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-trailingslash*
 netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
@@ -7048,9 +7137,11 @@ operator-variable	eval.txt	/*operator-variable*
 option-backslash	options.txt	/*option-backslash*
 option-list	quickref.txt	/*option-list*
 option-summary	options.txt	/*option-summary*
+option-window	options.txt	/*option-window*
 options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options.txt	options.txt	/*options.txt*
+optwin	options.txt	/*optwin*
 oracle	ft_sql.txt	/*oracle*
 os2	os_os2.txt	/*os2*
 os2ansi	os_os2.txt	/*os2ansi*
@@ -7330,17 +7421,6 @@ right-justify	change.txt	/*right-justify*
 rileft	rileft.txt	/*rileft*
 rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
-riscos-commandline	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-commandline*
-riscos-filetypes	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-filetypes*
-riscos-gui	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-gui*
-riscos-interrupt	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-interrupt*
-riscos-locations	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-locations*
-riscos-memory	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-memory*
-riscos-munging	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-munging*
-riscos-porting	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-porting*
-riscos-remote	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-remote*
-riscos-shell	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-shell*
-riscos-temp-files	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-temp-files*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
@@ -8173,6 +8253,7 @@ v:val	eval.txt	/*v:val*
 v:var	eval.txt	/*v:var*
 v:version	eval.txt	/*v:version*
 v:warningmsg	eval.txt	/*v:warningmsg*
+v:windowid	eval.txt	/*v:windowid*
 v_!	change.txt	/*v_!*
 v_$	visual.txt	/*v_$*
 v_:	cmdline.txt	/*v_:*
@@ -8448,6 +8529,7 @@ window-size	term.txt	/*window-size*
 window-size-functions	usr_41.txt	/*window-size-functions*
 window-tag	windows.txt	/*window-tag*
 window-variable	eval.txt	/*window-variable*
+windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*
 windows	windows.txt	/*windows*
 windows-3.1	os_win32.txt	/*windows-3.1*
 windows-intro	windows.txt	/*windows-intro*
@@ -8480,6 +8562,7 @@ write-fail	editing.txt	/*write-fail*
 write-filetype-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-filetype-plugin*
 write-library-script	usr_41.txt	/*write-library-script*
 write-local-help	usr_41.txt	/*write-local-help*
+write-permissions	editing.txt	/*write-permissions*
 write-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-plugin*
 write-plugin-quickload	usr_41.txt	/*write-plugin-quickload*
 write-quit	editing.txt	/*write-quit*
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ CTRL-T			Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack

 The output of ":tags" looks like this:

-   # TO tag      FROM line in file/line
+   # TO tag      FROM line  in file/text
   1  1 main		 1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
 > 2  2 FuncA		58  i = FuncA(10);
   3  1 FuncC	       357  harddisk2:text/vim/src/amiga.c
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ you were before the tag command.  The line number will be correct, also when
 deleting/inserting lines, unless this was done by another program (e.g.
 another instance of Vim).

-For the current file, the "file/line" column shows the text at the position.
+For the current file, the "file/text" column shows the text at the position.
 An indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit in the window.

 You can jump to previously used tags with several commands.  Some examples:
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ entry was not at the bottom, the entries below the last used one are
 deleted.  This means that an old branch in the call graph is lost.  After the
 commands explained above the tag stack will look like this:

-   # TO tag	FROM line in file
-   1 main	       1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
-   2 FuncB	      59  harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c
+   # TO tag	FROM line  in file/text
+   1  1 main		1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
+   2  1 FuncB	       59  harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c

 							*E73*
 When you try to use the tag stack while it doesn't contain anything you will
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Nov 05
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -665,6 +665,7 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
 95.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm |color-xterm|.
+Now the limit is 223 columns.

 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,8 +35,10 @@ CTRL-R			Redo [count] changes which were undone.  {Vi: redraw
 :red[o]			Redo one change which was undone.  {Vi: no redo}

 							*U*
-U			Undo all latest changes on one line.  {Vi: while not
-			moved off of it}
+U			Undo all latest changes on one line, the line where
+			the latest change was made. |U| itself also counts as
+			a change, and thus |U| undoes a previous |U|.
+			{Vi: while not moved off of the last modified line}

 The last changes are remembered.  You can use the undo and redo commands above
 to revert the text to how it was before each change.  You can also apply the
@@ -125,16 +127,26 @@ This is explained in the user manual: |usr_32.txt|.

 							*:undol* *:undolist*
 :undol[ist]		List the leafs in the tree of changes.  Example:
-				number changes   time ~
-				4      10	 10:34:11
-				18     4	 11:01:46
+			   number changes  when               saved ~
+			       88      88  2010/01/04 14:25:53
+			      108     107  08/07 12:47:51
+			      136      46  13:33:01             7
+			      166     164  3 seconds ago

 			The "number" column is the change number.  This number
 			continuously increases and can be used to identify a
 			specific undo-able change, see |:undo|.
 			The "changes" column is the number of changes to this
 			leaf from the root of the tree.
-			The "time" column is the time this change was made.
+			The "when" column is the date and time when this
+			change was made.  The four possible formats are:
+			    N seconds ago
+			    HH:MM:SS             hour, minute, seconds
+			    MM/DD HH:MM:SS       idem, with month and day
+			    YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS  idem, with year
+			The "saved" column specifies, if this change was
+			written to disk and which file write it was. This can
+			be used with the |:later| and |:earlier| commands.
 			For more details use the |undotree()| function.

 							*g-*
@@ -148,7 +160,7 @@ g-			Go to older text state.  With a count repeat that many
 :earlier {N}d		Go to older text state about {N} days before.

 :earlier {N}f		Go to older text state {N} file writes before.
-			When changes were made since the laste write
+			When changes were made since the last write
 			":earlier 1f" will revert the text to the state when
 			it was written.  Otherwise it will go to the write
 			before that.
@@ -236,7 +248,9 @@ Vim saves undo trees in a separate undo file, one for each edited file, using
 a simple scheme that maps filesystem paths directly to undo files. Vim will
 detect if an undo file is no longer synchronized with the file it was written
 for (with a hash of the file contents) and ignore it when the file was changed
-after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption.
+after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption.  An undo file is also
+ignored if its owner differs from the owner of the edited file.  Set 'verbose'
+to get a message about that.

 Undo files are normally saved in the same directory as the file.  This can be
 changed with the 'undodir' option.
@@ -324,8 +338,8 @@ Writing an undo file may fail for these reasons:
 	A file exists with the name of the undo file to be written, but it
 	does not start with the right magic number.  You may want to delete
 	this file or rename it.
-"Skipping undo file write, noting to undo"
-	There is no undo information not be written, nothing has been changed
+"Skipping undo file write, nothing to undo"
+	There is no undo information to be written, nothing has been changed
 	or 'undolevels' is negative.
 *E829*	An error occurred while writing the undo file.  You may want to try
 	again.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 May 07
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -40,13 +40,20 @@ the commands and options used for it.  Use these two commands:
 	Press  CTRL-]  to jump to a subject under the cursor.
 	Press  CTRL-O  to jump back (repeat to go further back).

-Many links are in vertical bars, like this: |bars|.  An option name, like
-'number', a command in double quotes like ":write" and any other word can also
-be used as a link.  Try it out: Move the cursor to  CTRL-]  and press CTRL-]
-on it.
+Many links are in vertical bars, like this: |bars|.  The bars themselves may
+be hidden or invisible, see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
+in double quotes like ":write" and any other word can also be used as a link.
+Try it out: Move the cursor to  CTRL-]  and press CTRL-] on it.

 Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command, see |help.txt|.

+The bars and stars are usually hidden with the |conceal| feature.  They also
+use |hl-Ignore|, using the same color for the text as the background.  You can
+make them visible with: >
+	:set conceallevel=0
+	:hi link HelpBar Normal
+	:hi link HelpStar Normal
+
 ==============================================================================
 *01.2*	Vim installed

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ The usual precedence is used.  Example: >
 	:echo 10 + 5 * 2
 <	20 ~

-Grouping is done with braces.  No surprises here.  Example: >
+Grouping is done with parentheses.  No surprises here.  Example: >

 	:echo (10 + 5) * 2
 <	30 ~
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ way.  A few examples will be given in this section.  You can find the whole
 list here: |functions|.

 A function is called with the ":call" command.  The parameters are passed in
-between braces, separated by commas.  Example: >
+between parentheses separated by commas.  Example: >

 	:call search("Date: ", "W")

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
 	strlen()		length of a string
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
-	submatch()		get a specific match in a ":substitute"
+	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
@@ -661,7 +661,14 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	sqrt()			square root
 	sin()			sine
 	cos()			cosine
+	tan()			tangent
+	asin()			arc sine
+	acos()			arc cosine
 	atan()			arc tangent
+	atan2()			arc tangent
+	sinh()			hyperbolic sine
+	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
+	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent

 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
@@ -793,6 +800,8 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synID()			get syntax ID at a specific position
 	synIDattr()		get a specific attribute of a syntax ID
 	synIDtrans()		get translated syntax ID
+	synstack()		get list of syntax IDs at a specific position
+	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
 	matcharg()		get info about |:match| arguments
@@ -1015,7 +1024,7 @@ so on.  The variable "a:0" contains the number of extra arguments.

 	:function Show(start, ...)
 	:  echohl Title
-	:  echo "Show is " . a:start
+	:  echo "start is " . a:start
 	:  echohl None
 	:  let index = 1
 	:  while index <= a:0
@@ -1283,7 +1292,7 @@ local variable will then refer to that Dictionary.

 	split(a:line)

-The split() function takes a string, chops it into white separated words
+The split() function takes a string, chops it into whitespace separated words
 and returns a list with these words.  Thus in the example it returns: >

 	:echo split('three two five one')
@@ -1400,7 +1409,7 @@ Let's start with an example: >

 The ":read" command will fail if the file does not exist.  Instead of
 generating an error message, this code catches the error and gives the user a
-nice message instead.
+nice message.

 For the commands in between ":try" and ":endtry" errors are turned into
 exceptions.  An exception is a string.  In the case of an error the string
@@ -1477,7 +1486,7 @@ escaped by a "\" (backslash)  as in the following example: >

 	:set tags=my\ nice\ file

-The same example written as >
+The same example written as: >

 	:set tags=my nice file

@@ -2095,7 +2104,7 @@ and that is not what a filetype plugin should do.
 When an option has a value that is a list of flags or items, consider using
 "+=" and "-=" to keep the existing value.  Be aware that the user may have
 changed an option value already.  First resetting to the default value and
-then changing it often a good idea.  Example: >
+then changing it is often a good idea.  Example: >

 	:setlocal formatoptions& formatoptions+=ro

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 10
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,13 +101,14 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :[range]P[rint] [count] [flags]
 			Just as ":print".  Was apparently added to Vi for
 			people that keep the shift key pressed too long...
+			Note: A user command can overrule this command.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].

 							*:l* *:list*
 :[range]l[ist] [count] [flags]
 			Same as :print, but display unprintable characters
 			with '^' and put $ after the line.  This can be
-			changed with the 'listchars' option.
+			further changed with the 'listchars' option.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].

 							*:nu* *:number*
@@ -132,14 +133,14 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			specified with {range}, or around the current line
 			if there is no {range}.  If there is a {count}, that's
 			how many lines you'll see; if there is only one window
-			then the 'window' option is used, otherwise the
-			current window size is used.
+			then twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
+			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.

 			:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
 			several punctuation marks.  These have the following
 			effect:

-			mark   first line    last line      new location   ~
+			mark   first line    last line      new cursor line ~
 			----   ----------    ---------      ------------
 			+      current line  1 scr forward  1 scr forward
 			-      1 scr back    current line   current line
@@ -167,8 +168,8 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :norm[al][!] {commands}					*:norm* *:normal*
 			Execute Normal mode commands {commands}.  This makes
 			it possible to execute Normal mode commands typed on
-			the command-line.  {commands} is executed like it is
-			typed.  For undo all commands are undone together.
+			the command-line.  {commands} are executed like they
+			are typed.  For undo all commands are undone together.
 			Execution stops when an error is encountered.
 			If the [!] is given, mappings will not be used.
 			{commands} should be a complete command.  If
@@ -361,8 +362,6 @@ m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
 m  *+odbeditor*         MacVim only: ODB Editor Protocol support |odbeditor|
 m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-   *+osfiletype*	Support for the 'osfiletype' option and filetype
-			checking in automatic commands.  |autocmd-osfiletypes|
 N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
@@ -613,7 +612,7 @@ g CTRL-A		Only when Vim was compiled with MEM_PROFILING defined
 			Only useful for debugging Vim.

 ==============================================================================
-3. Using Vim like less or more					*less*
+2. Using Vim like less or more					*less*

 If you use the less or more program to view a file, you don't get syntax
 highlighting.  Thus you would like to use Vim instead.  You can do this by
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ The GTK font dialog uses a font size zero when the font name doesn't include a
 size.  Use a default size of 10.

 This example in the documentation didn't work:
-    :e `=foo . ".c" `
+    :e `=foo . ".c"`
 Skip over the expression in `=expr` when looking for comments, |, % and #.

 When ":helpgrep" doesn't find anything there is no error message.
@@ -8182,7 +8182,7 @@ Solution:   Use get_cmdline_type(). (James Vega)
 Files:	    src/ex_getln.c

 Patch 7.2.130
-Problem:    Vim may haing until CTRL-C is typed when using CTRL-Z.
+Problem:    Vim may hang until CTRL-C is typed when using CTRL-Z.
 Solution:   Avoid using pause().  Also use "volatile" for variables used in
 	    signal functions. (Dominique Pelle)
 Files:	    src/auto/configure, src/configure.in, src/config.h.in,
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,8 +88,9 @@ Maximum display width	   Unix and Win32: 1024 characters, otherwise 255
 			   characters
 Maximum lhs of a mapping   50 characters.
 Number of different highlighting types: over 30000
-Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (more on 64 bit
-			   systems)
+Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (might be more on 64
+			   bit systems)
+Maximum length of a line in a tags file: 512 bytes.

 Information for undo and text in registers is kept in memory, thus when making
 (big) changes the amount of (virtual) memory available limits the number of
@@ -988,6 +989,8 @@ These are remarks about running the POSIX test suite:
 - vi test 33 sometimes fails for unknown reasons
 - vi test 250 fails; behavior will be changed in a new revision
    http://www.opengroup.org/austin/mailarchives/ag-review/msg01710.html
+    (link no longer works, perhaps it's now:
+    https://www.opengroup.org/sophocles/show_mail.tpl?CALLER=show_archive.tpl&source=L&listname=austin-review-l&id=1711)
 - vi test 310 fails; exit code non-zero when any error occurred?
 - ex test 24 fails because test is wrong.  Changed between SUSv2 and SUSv3.
 - ex tests 47, 48, 49, 72, 73 fail because .exrc file isn't read in silent
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ EOF
 }

 # main
-usage() if $#ARGV < 2;
+usage() if $#ARGV < 1;

 print "Processing tags...\n";
 readTagFile( $ARGV[ 0 ] );
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ window will appear.

 These command modifiers can be combined to make a vertically split window
 occupy the full height.  Example: >
-	:vertical topleft edit tags
+	:vertical topleft split tags
 Opens a vertically split, full-height window on the "tags" file at the far
 left of the Vim window.

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Jul 30
+" Last Change:	2011 Sep 07

 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ endfunc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aap			setf aap

 " A2ps printing utility
-au BufNewFile,BufRead etc/a2ps.cfg,etc/a2ps/*.cfg,a2psrc,.a2psrc setf a2ps
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/a2ps.cfg,*/etc/a2ps/*.cfg,a2psrc,.a2psrc setf a2ps

 " ABAB/4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.abap			setf abap
@@ -110,8 +110,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead build.xml			setf ant
 au BufNewFile,BufRead proftpd.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')

 " Apache config file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .htaccess,/etc/httpd/*.conf		 setf apache
-au BufNewFile,BufRead httpd.conf*,srm.conf*,access.conf*,apache.conf*,apache2.conf*,/etc/apache2/*.conf*,/etc/httpd/conf.d/*.conf* call s:StarSetf('apache')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .htaccess,*/etc/httpd/*.conf		setf apache

 " XA65 MOS6510 cross assembler
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.a65			setf a65
@@ -124,7 +123,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.am
 	\ if expand("<afile>") !~? 'Makefile.am\>' | setf elf | endif

 " ALSA configuration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead ~/.asoundrc,/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,/etc/asound.conf	setf alsaconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf setf alsaconf

 " Arc Macro Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aml			setf aml
@@ -157,7 +156,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asp
 	\ endif

 " Grub (must be before catch *.lst)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /boot/grub/menu.lst,/boot/grub/grub.conf,/etc/grub.conf	setf grub
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */boot/grub/menu.lst,*/boot/grub/grub.conf,*/etc/grub.conf setf grub

 " Assembly (all kinds)
 " *.lst is not pure assembly, it has two extra columns (address, byte codes)
@@ -296,7 +295,7 @@ endfunc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bl			setf blank

 " Blkid cache file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/blkid.tab,/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml

 " C or lpc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.c			call s:FTlpc()
@@ -317,21 +316,18 @@ endfunc

 " Calendar
 au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */.calendar/*,
-	\*/share/calendar/*/calendar.*,*/share/calendar/calendar.*
-	\					call s:StarSetf('calendar')

 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs			setf cs

 " Cabal
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cabal       		setf cabal
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cabal			setf cabal

 " Cdrdao TOC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.toc			setf cdrtoc

 " Cdrdao config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead etc/cdrdao.conf,etc/defaults/cdrdao,etc/default/cdrdao,~/.cdrdao						setf cdrdaoconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/cdrdao.conf,*/etc/defaults/cdrdao,*/etc/default/cdrdao,.cdrdao	setf cdrdaoconf

 " Cfengine
 au BufNewFile,BufRead cfengine.conf		setf cfengine
@@ -488,7 +484,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake

 " Cmusrc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead ~/.cmus/{autosave,rc,command-history,*.theme} setf cmusrc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.cmus/{autosave,rc,command-history,*.theme} setf cmusrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */cmus/{rc,*.theme}			setf cmusrc

 " Cobol
@@ -536,7 +532,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.qc			setf c
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cfg			setf cfg

 " Cucumber
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.feature 		setf cucumber
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.feature			setf cucumber

 " Communicating Sequential Processes
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csp,*.fdr		setf csp
@@ -553,11 +549,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead control
 	\| endif

 " Debian Sources.list
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/apt/sources.list	setf debsources
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list		setf debsources
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list	setf debsources

 " Deny hosts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead denyhosts.conf		setf denyhosts

+" dnsmasq(8) configuration files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.conf	setf dnsmasq
+
 " ROCKLinux package description
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desc			setf desc

@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead dictd.conf		setf dictdconf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.diff,*.rej,*.patch	setf diff

 " Dircolors
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .dir_colors,/etc/DIR_COLORS	setf dircolors
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .dir_colors,.dircolors,*/etc/DIR_COLORS	setf dircolors

 " Diva (with Skill) or InstallShield
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rul
@@ -677,6 +677,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.exp			setf expect
 " Exports
 au BufNewFile,BufRead exports			setf exports

+" Falcon
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fal			setf falcon
+
 " Fantom
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fan,*.fwt		setf fan

@@ -725,14 +728,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom

 " Git
-autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
-autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
-autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo      setf gitrebase
-autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo      setf gitrebase
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
      \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
      \   setf gitsendemail |
      \ endif
-autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/**
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/**
      \ if getline(1) =~ '^\x\{40\}\>\|^ref: ' |
      \   setf git |
      \ endif
@@ -746,7 +749,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gp,.gprc		setf gp
 " GPG
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.gnupg/options		setf gpg
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.gnupg/gpg.conf		setf gpg
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /usr/**/gnupg/options.skel setf gpg
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/**/gnupg/options.skel setf gpg
+
+" gnash(1) configuration files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash

 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
@@ -764,7 +770,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.groovy			setf groovy
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gsp			setf gsp

 " Group file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/group,/etc/group-,/etc/group.edit,/etc/gshadow,/etc/gshadow-,/etc/gshadow.edit,/var/backups/group.bak,/var/backups/gshadow.bak  setf group
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/group,*/etc/group-,*/etc/group.edit,*/etc/gshadow,*/etc/gshadow-,*/etc/gshadow.edit,*/var/backups/group.bak,*/var/backups/gshadow.bak  setf group

 " GTK RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gtkrc,gtkrc		setf gtkrc
@@ -776,7 +782,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.haml			setf haml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hsc,*.hsm		setf hamster

 " Haskell
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hs-boot 		setf haskell
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hs-boot		setf haskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lhs			setf lhaskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.chs			setf chaskell

@@ -823,10 +829,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html.m4			setf htmlm4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tmpl			setf htmlcheetah

 " Host config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/host.conf		setf hostconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/host.conf		setf hostconf

 " Hosts access
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/hosts.allow,/etc/hosts.deny  setf hostsaccess
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/hosts.allow,*/etc/hosts.deny  setf hostsaccess

 " Hyper Builder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hb			setf hb
@@ -869,7 +875,9 @@ func! s:ProtoCheck(default)
  " Cproto files have a comment in the first line and a function prototype in
  " the second line, it always ends in ";".  Indent files may also have
  " comments, thus we can't match comments to see the difference.
-  if getline(2) =~ ';$'
+  " IDL files can have a single ';' in the second line, require at least one
+  " chacter before the ';'.
+  if getline(2) =~ '.;$'
    setf cpp
  else
    exe 'setf ' . a:default
@@ -884,7 +892,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead indentrc			setf indent
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inf,*.INF		setf inform

 " Initng
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/initng/**/*.i,*.ii	setf initng
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/initng/**/*.i,*.ii	setf initng

 " Ipfilter
 au BufNewFile,BufRead ipf.conf,ipf6.conf,ipf.rules	setf ipfilter
@@ -914,7 +922,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc

 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx	setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.json   setf javascript

 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -929,6 +937,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clp			setf jess
 " Jgraph
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph

+" Jovial
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
+
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix

@@ -948,7 +959,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ace,*.ACE		setf lace
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.latte,*.lte		setf latte

 " Limits
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/limits		setf limits
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/limits,*/etc/*limits.conf,*/etc/*limits.d/*.conf	setf limits

 " LambdaProlog (*.mod too, see Modsim)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sig			setf lprolog
@@ -963,10 +974,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l			setf lex

 " Libao
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/libao.conf,*/.libao	setf libao
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/libao.conf,*/.libao	setf libao

 " Libsensors
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/sensors.conf		setf sensors
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sensors.conf,*/etc/sensors3.conf	setf sensors

 " LFTP
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lftp.conf,.lftprc,*lftp/rc	setf lftp
@@ -975,7 +986,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead lftp.conf,.lftprc,*lftp/rc	setf lftp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ll			setf lifelines

 " Lilo: Linux loader
-au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf*		call s:StarSetf('lilo')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf			setf lilo

 " Lisp (*.el = ELisp, *.cl = Common Lisp, *.jl = librep Lisp)
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -997,10 +1008,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lite,*.lt		setf lite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */LiteStep/*/*.rc		setf litestep

 " Login access
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/login.access		setf loginaccess
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/login.access	setf loginaccess

 " Login defs
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/login.defs		setf logindefs
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/login.defs		setf logindefs

 " Logtalk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lgt			setf logtalk
@@ -1031,7 +1042,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mgp			setf mgp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead snd.\d\+,.letter,.letter.\d\+,.followup,.article,.article.\d\+,pico.\d\+,mutt{ng,}-*-\w\+,mutt[[:alnum:]_-]\{6\},ae\d\+.txt,/tmp/SLRN[0-9A-Z.]\+,*.eml setf mail

 " Mail aliases
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/mail/aliases,/etc/aliases	setf mailaliases
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/mail/aliases,*/etc/aliases	setf mailaliases

 " Mailcap configuration file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .mailcap,mailcap		setf mailcap
@@ -1046,7 +1057,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ist,*.mst		setf ist
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.man			setf man

 " Man config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/man.conf,man.config	setf manconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/man.conf,man.config	setf manconf

 " Maple V
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
@@ -1097,8 +1108,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mel			setf mel
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg

-" Messages
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /var/log/messages,/var/log/messages.*[0-9]  setf messages
+" Messages (logs mostly)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */log/{auth,cron,daemon,debug,kern,lpr,mail,messages,news/news,syslog,user}{,.log,.err,.info,.warn,.crit,.notice}{,.[0-9]*,-[0-9]*} setf messages

 " Metafont
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mf			setf mf
@@ -1154,11 +1165,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.isc,*.monk,*.ssc,*.tsc	setf monk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.moo			setf moo

 " Modconf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/modules.conf,/etc/conf.modules	setf modconf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/modutils/*
-	\ if executable(expand("<afile>")) != 1
-	\|  call s:StarSetf('modconf')
-	\|endif
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf modconf

 " Mplayer config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mplayer.conf,*/.mplayer/config	setf mplayerconf
@@ -1175,6 +1182,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.msql			setf msql
 " Mysql
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mysql			setf mysql

+" Mutt setup files (must be before catch *.rc)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/Muttrc.d/*		call s:StarSetf('muttrc')
+
 " M$ Resource files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rc			setf rc

@@ -1188,7 +1198,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mush			setf mush
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc

 " Nano
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/nanorc,.nanorc	setf nanorc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,.nanorc	setf nanorc

 " Nastran input/DMAP
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat			setf nastran
@@ -1264,13 +1274,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ora			setf ora
 au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf			setf pf

 " Pam conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/pam.conf		setf pamconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.conf		setf pamconf

 " PApp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.papp,*.pxml,*.pxsl	setf papp

 " Password file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/passwd,/etc/passwd-,/etc/passwd.edit,/etc/shadow,/etc/shadow-,/var/backups/passwd.bak,/var/backups/shadow.bak setf passwd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/passwd,*/etc/passwd-,*/etc/passwd.edit,*/etc/shadow,*/etc/shadow-,*/etc/shadow.edit,*/var/backups/passwd.bak,*/var/backups/shadow.bak setf passwd

 " Pascal (also *.p)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pas			setf pascal
@@ -1402,7 +1412,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.it,*.ih			setf ppwiz

 " Obj 3D file format
 " TODO: is there a way to avoid MS-Windows Object files?
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.obj         		setf obj
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.obj			setf obj

 " Oracle Pro*C/C++
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pc			setf proc
@@ -1497,7 +1507,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdb			setf prolog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pml			setf promela

 " Protocols
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/protocols		setf protocols
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols

 " Pyrex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd		setf pyrex
@@ -1578,13 +1588,17 @@ func! s:FTr()
    endif
  endfor

-  " Nothing recognized, assume Rexx
-  setf rexx
+  " Nothing recognized, use user default or assume Rexx
+  if exists("g:filetype_r")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_r
+  else
+    " Rexx used to be the default, but R appears to be much more popular.
+    setf r
+  endif
 endfunc

 " Remind
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.remind,*.rem		setf remind
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders,*.remind,*.rem		setf remind

 " Resolv.conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead resolv.conf		setf resolv
@@ -1611,7 +1625,16 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rtf			setf rtf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .irbrc,irbrc		setf ruby

 " Ruby
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rb,*.rbw,*.gem,*.gemspec	setf ruby
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rb,*.rbw		setf ruby
+
+" RubyGems
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gemspec			setf ruby
+
+" Rackup
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ru			setf ruby
+
+" Bundler
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Gemfile			setf ruby

 " Ruby on Rails
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.builder,*.rxml,*.rjs	setf ruby
@@ -1638,7 +1661,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sa			setf sather
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sci,*.sce		setf scilab

 " SCSS
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scss 			setf scss
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scss			setf scss

 " SD: Streaming Descriptors
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sd			setf sd
@@ -1675,19 +1698,19 @@ func! s:McSetf()
 endfunc

 " Services
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/services		setf services
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/services		setf services

 " Service Location config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/slp.conf		setf slpconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/slp.conf		setf slpconf

 " Service Location registration
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/slp.reg		setf slpreg
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/slp.reg		setf slpreg

 " Service Location SPI
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/slp.spi		setf slpspi
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/slp.spi		setf slpspi

 " Setserial config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/serial.conf		setf setserial
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/serial.conf		setf setserial

 " SGML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgm,*.sgml
@@ -1714,7 +1737,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 " Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash_profile*,.bash_logout*,*.bash,*.ebuild call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))

 " Also called from scripts.vim.
 func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
@@ -1797,9 +1820,9 @@ func! s:CSH()
 endfunc

 " Z-Shell script
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,*/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh 			setf zsh
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh

 " Scheme
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss		setf scheme
@@ -1868,7 +1891,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rules			call s:FTRules()
 let s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern = '^\s*\cudev_rules\s*=\s*"\([^"]\{-1,}\)/*".*'
 func! s:FTRules()
  let path = expand('<amatch>:p')
-  if path =~ '^/etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules$'
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
    setf udevrules
    return
  endif
@@ -1956,13 +1979,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sml			setf sml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cm			setf voscm

 " Sysctl
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/sysctl.conf		setf sysctl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sysctl.conf,*/etc/sysctl.d/*.conf	setf sysctl

 " Synopsys Design Constraints
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sdc			setf sdc

 " Sudoers
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/sudoers,sudoers.tmp	setf sudoers
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sudoers,sudoers.tmp	setf sudoers

 " SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svg			setf svg
@@ -2089,6 +2112,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tf,.tfrc,tfrc		setf tf
 " TPP - Text Presentation Program
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.tpp			setf tpp

+" Treetop
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.treetop			setf treetop
+
 " Trustees
 au BufNewFile,BufRead trustees.conf		setf trustees

@@ -2105,19 +2131,23 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.tsscl		setf tsscl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uit,*.uil		setf uil

 " Udev conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/udev/udev.conf	setf udevconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/udev.conf	setf udevconf

 " Udev permissions
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/udev/permissions.d/*.permissions setf udevperm
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/permissions.d/*.permissions setf udevperm
 "
 " Udev symlinks config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/udev/cdsymlinks.conf	setf sh
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/cdsymlinks.conf	setf sh

 " UnrealScript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc

 " Updatedb
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
+
+" Upstart (init(8)) config files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/.init/*.conf          setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.override,*/.init/*.override  setf upstart

 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
@@ -2209,15 +2239,18 @@ au BufEnter *.xpm2				setf xpm2
 " XFree86 config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead XF86Config
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '\<XConfigurator\>' |
-	\   let b:xf86c_xfree86_version = 3 |
+	\   let b:xf86conf_xfree86_version = 3 |
 	\ endif |
 	\ setf xf86conf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */xorg.conf.d/*.conf
+	\ let b:xf86conf_xfree86_version = 4 |
+	\ setf xf86conf

 " Xorg config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead xorg.conf,xorg.conf-4	let b:xf86c_xfree86_version = 4 | setf xf86conf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead xorg.conf,xorg.conf-4	let b:xf86conf_xfree86_version = 4 | setf xf86conf

 " Xinetd conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/xinetd.conf		setf xinetd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.conf		setf xinetd

 " XS Perl extension interface language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xs			setf xs
@@ -2264,7 +2297,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ts,*.ui			setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tpm			setf xml

 " Xdg menus
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/xdg/menus/*.menu	setf xml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xdg/menus/*.menu	setf xml

 " ATI graphics driver configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fglrxrc			setf xml
@@ -2312,6 +2345,9 @@ endfunc
 " Yaml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml

+" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf 		setf dosini
+
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
 "   cpt (zope form controller page template)
@@ -2348,8 +2384,9 @@ au StdinReadPost * if !did_filetype() | runtime! scripts.vim | endif
 " Most of these should call s:StarSetf() to avoid names ending in .gz and the
 " like are used.

-" More Apache files.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/apache2/conf.*/*,/etc/apache2/sites-*/*,/etc/apache2/mods-*/*		call s:StarSetf('apache')
+" More Apache config files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead access.conf*,apache.conf*,apache2.conf*,httpd.conf*,srm.conf*	call s:StarSetf('apache')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apache2/*.conf*,*/etc/apache2/conf.*/*,*/etc/apache2/mods-*/*,*/etc/apache2/sites-*/*,*/etc/httpd/conf.d/*.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apache')

 " Asterisk config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *asterisk/*.conf*		call s:StarSetf('asterisk')
@@ -2361,6 +2398,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead bzr_log.*			setf bzr
 " BIND zone
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */named/db.*,*/bind/db.*	call s:StarSetf('bindzone')

+" Calendar
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.calendar/*,
+	\*/share/calendar/*/calendar.*,*/share/calendar/calendar.*
+	\					call s:StarSetf('calendar')
+
 " Changelog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead [cC]hange[lL]og*
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '; urgency='
@@ -2370,10 +2412,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead [cC]hange[lL]og*
 	\|endif

 " Crontab
-au BufNewFile,BufRead crontab,crontab.*,/etc/cron.d/*		call s:StarSetf('crontab')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead crontab,crontab.*,*/etc/cron.d/*		call s:StarSetf('crontab')

-" Debian Sources.list
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*	call s:StarSetf('debsources')
+" dnsmasq(8) configuration
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.d/*		call s:StarSetf('dnsmasq')

 " Dracula
 au BufNewFile,BufRead drac.*			call s:StarSetf('dracula')
@@ -2390,7 +2432,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *fvwm2rc*
 	\|endif

 " Gedcom
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /tmp/lltmp*		call s:StarSetf('gedcom')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */tmp/lltmp*		call s:StarSetf('gedcom')

 " GTK RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gtkrc*,gtkrc*		call s:StarSetf('gtkrc')
@@ -2407,8 +2449,11 @@ au! BufNewFile,BufRead *jarg*
 " Kconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Kconfig.*			call s:StarSetf('kconfig')

+" Lilo: Linux loader
+au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf*		call s:StarSetf('lilo')
+
 " Logcheck
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/logcheck/*.d*/*	call s:StarSetf('logcheck')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/logcheck/*.d*/*	call s:StarSetf('logcheck')

 " Makefile
 au BufNewFile,BufRead [mM]akefile*		call s:StarSetf('make')
@@ -2420,7 +2465,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead [rR]akefile*		call s:StarSetf('ruby')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mutt[[:alnum:]._-]\{6\}	setf mail

 " Modconf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/modprobe.*		call s:StarSetf('modconf')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modutils/*
+	\ if executable(expand("<afile>")) != 1
+	\|  call s:StarSetf('modconf')
+	\|endif
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modprobe.*		call s:StarSetf('modconf')

 " Mutt setup file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .mutt{ng,}rc*,*/.mutt{ng,}/mutt{ng,}rc*	call s:StarSetf('muttrc')
@@ -2430,7 +2479,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead mutt{ng,}rc*,Mutt{ng,}rc*		call s:StarSetf('muttrc')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead tmac.*			call s:StarSetf('nroff')

 " Pam conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/pam.d/*		call s:StarSetf('pamconf')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.d/*		call s:StarSetf('pamconf')

 " Printcap and Termcap
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *printcap*
@@ -2442,6 +2491,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap*
 	\|  let b:ptcap_type = "term" | call s:StarSetf('ptcap')
 	\|endif

+" Remind
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
+
 " Vim script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *vimrc*			call s:StarSetf('vim')

@@ -2453,10 +2505,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead Xresources*,*/app-defaults/*,*/Xresources/* call s:StarSet

 " XFree86 config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead XF86Config-4*
-	\ let b:xf86c_xfree86_version = 4 | call s:StarSetf('xf86conf')
+	\ let b:xf86conf_xfree86_version = 4 | call s:StarSetf('xf86conf')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead XF86Config*
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '\<XConfigurator\>'
-	\|  let b:xf86c_xfree86_version = 3
+	\|  let b:xf86conf_xfree86_version = 3
 	\|endif
 	\|call s:StarSetf('xf86conf')

@@ -2464,7 +2516,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead XF86Config*
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')

 " Xinetd conf
-au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
+
+" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('dosini')

 " Z-Shell script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2007 Sep 25
+" Last Change:	2011 Aug 04

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ endif

 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
-let b:match_words = &matchpairs
+let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'

 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         generic Changelog file
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2009-05-25
+" Latest Revision:  2011-05-02
 " Variables:
 "   g:changelog_timeformat (deprecated: use g:changelog_dateformat instead) -
 "       description: the timeformat used in ChangeLog entries.
@@ -99,8 +99,9 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
  function! s:try_reading_file(path)
    try
      return readfile(a:path)
+    catch
+      return []
    endtry
-    return []
  endfunction

  function! s:passwd_field(line, field)
@@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
    " Look for an entry for today by our user.
    let date = strftime(g:changelog_dateformat)
    let search = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_date_entry_search, date,
-                                  \ g:changelog_username)
+                                  \ s:username())
    if search(search) > 0
      " Ok, now we look for the end of the date entry, and add an entry.
      call cursor(nextnonblank(line('.') + 1), 1)
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'

      " No entry today, so create a date-user header and insert an entry.
      let todays_entry = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_date_format,
-                                          \ date, g:changelog_username)
+                                          \ date, s:username())
      " Make sure we have a cursor positioning.
      if stridx(todays_entry, '{cursor}') == -1
        let todays_entry = todays_entry . '{cursor}'
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	    DocBook
+" Maintainer:	    Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:  2010-10-14
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+
+if !exists('b:docbk_type')
+  if expand('%:e') == 'sgml'
+    let b:docbk_type = 'sgml'
+  else
+    let b:docbk_type = 'xml'
+  endif
+endif
+
+if b:docbk_type == 'sgml'
+  runtime! ftplugin/sgml.vim ftplugin/sgml_*.vim ftplugin/sgml/*.vim
+else
+  runtime! ftplugin/xml.vim ftplugin/xml_*.vim ftplugin/xml/*.vim
+endif
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     Falcon
+" Author:       Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
+" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 Steven Oliver
+" License:      You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
+" --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 2762 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 expandtab fileencoding=utf-8
+setlocal suffixesadd=.fal
+
+" Matchit support
+if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+
+  let b:match_words =
+	\ '\<\%(if\|case\|while\|until\|for\|do\|class\)\>=\@!' .
+	\ ':' .
+	\ '\<\%(else\|elsif\|when\)\>' .
+	\ ':' .
+	\ '\<end\>' .
+	\ ',{:},\[:\],(:)'
+endif
+
+" Set comments to include dashed lines
+setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+
+" Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "Falcon Source Files (*.fal)\t*.fal\n" .
+                     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+" vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :
@@ -13,7 +13,16 @@ set cpo&vim

 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< tw< cole< cocu<"

-setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78 cole=2 cocu=nc
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78
+if has("conceal")
+  setlocal cole=2 cocu=nc
+endif
+
+if has("gui_macvim")
+  " Use swipe gesture to navigate back/forward
+  nmap <buffer> <silent> <SwipeLeft>  :po<CR>
+  nmap <buffer> <silent> <SwipeRight> :ta<CR>
+endif

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2008 Sep 17
+" Last Change:	2011 Jul 25

 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -15,6 +15,12 @@ if &filetype == "man"
  endif
  let b:did_ftplugin = 1

+  " Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this)
+  " when doing ctrl-[ on a man page reference.
+  if exists("$MANPAGER")
+    let $MANPAGER = ""
+  endif
+
  " allow dot and dash in manual page name.
  setlocal iskeyword+=\.,-

@@ -1,14 +1,19 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	pascal
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
-" Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
+" Last Changed: 11 Apr 2011
 " URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

 if exists("loaded_matchit")
-    let b:match_words='\<\%(begin\|case\|try\)\>:\<end\>'
+    let b:match_ignorecase = 1 " (pascal is case-insensitive)
+
+    let b:match_words = '\<\%(begin\|case\|record\|object\|try\)\>'
+    let b:match_words .= ':\<^\s*\%(except\|finally\)\>:\<end\>'
+    let b:match_words .= ',\<repeat\>:\<until\>'
+    let b:match_words .= ',\<if\>:\<else\>'
 endif

 " Undo the stuff we changed.
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Vim's quickfix window
 " Maintainer:   Lech Lorens <Lech.Lorens@gmail.com>
-" Last Changed: 22 Jul 2010
+" Last Changed: 18 Dec 2010

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl stl<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "set stl<"

 " Display the command that produced the list in the quickfix window:
-setlocal stl=%q%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}
+setlocal stl=%t%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " SQL filetype plugin file
 " Language:    SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
-" Version:     7.0
-" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn at ianywhere dot com>
-" Last Change: 2010 Jun 11
+" Version:     8.0
+" Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454

 " For more details please use:
@@ -36,6 +36,10 @@
 "
 " History
 "
+" Version 8.0
+" 
+" NF: Improved the matchit plugin regex (Talek)
+"
 " Version 7.0
 " 
 " NF: Calls the sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax() function when calling
@@ -290,6 +294,7 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
    " WHEN OTHERS THEN
    "
    " create[ or replace] procedure|function|event
+                " \ '^\s*\<\%(do\|for\|while\|loop\)\>.*:'.

    let b:match_words =
 		\ '\<begin\>:\<end\>\W*$,'.
@@ -298,12 +303,9 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
                \ '\<elsif\>\|\<elseif\>\|\<else\>:'.
                \ '\<end\s\+if\>,'.
                \
-                \ '\<do\>\|'.
-                \ '\<while\>\|'.
-                \ '\%(' . s:notend . '\<loop\>\)\|'.
-                \ '\%(' . s:notend . '\<for\>\):'.
-                \ '\<exit\>\|\<leave\>\|\<break\>\|\<continue\>:'.
-                \ '\%(\<end\s\+\%(for\|loop\>\)\)\|\<doend\>,'.
+                \ '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(\<\%(do\|for\|while\|loop\)\>.*\):'.
+                \ '\%(\<exit\>\|\<leave\>\|\<break\>\|\<continue\>\):'.
+                \ '\%(\<doend\>\|\%(\<end\s\+\%(for\|while\|loop\>\)\)\),'.
                \
                \ '\%('. s:notend . '\<case\>\):'.
                \ '\%('.s:when_no_matched_or_others.'\):'.
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:         Treetop
+" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:  2011-03-14
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=b:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=tcroq formatoptions+=l
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         Zsh shell script
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2008-07-09
+" Latest Revision:  2011-01-23

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
@@ -15,5 +15,12 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"

 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql

+let b:match_words =
+      \   &matchpairs
+      \ . ',\<if\>:\<elif\>:\<else\>:\<fi\>'
+      \ . ',\<case\>:^\s*([^)]*):\<esac\>'
+      \ . ',\<\%(select\|while\|until\|repeat\|for\%(each\)\=\)\>:\<done\>'
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|heredoc\|subst'
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 " 26-04-2002 Got initial version working reasonably well
 " 29-04-2002 Fixed problems in function headers and max line width
 "	     Added support for two-line if's without curly braces
+" Fixed hang: 2011 Aug 31

 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()

   " Case 1
   if prev_data =~ ')' && brace_balance < 0
-      while brace_balance != 0
+      while brace_balance != 0 && prev_lineno > 0
 	 let prev_lineno = s:Get_prev_line( prev_lineno )
 	 let prev_data = getline( prev_lineno )
 	 let brace_balance=brace_balance+s:Get_brace_balance(prev_data,'(',')' )
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	    CSS
 " Maintainer:	    Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Latest Revision:  2010-12-22

 if exists("b:did_indent")
  finish
@@ -64,8 +64,6 @@ function GetCSSIndent()
  let line = getline(v:lnum)
  if line =~ '^\s*\*'
    return cindent(v:lnum)
-  elseif line =~ '^\s*}'
-    return indent(v:lnum) - &sw
  endif

  let pnum = s:prevnonblanknoncomment(v:lnum - 1)
@@ -73,12 +71,6 @@ function GetCSSIndent()
    return 0
  endif

-  let ind = indent(pnum) + s:count_braces(pnum, 1) * &sw
-
-  let pline = getline(pnum)
-  if pline =~ '}\s*$'
-    let ind -= (s:count_braces(pnum, 0) - (pline =~ '^\s*}' ? 1 : 0)) * &sw
-  endif
-
-  return ind
+  return indent(pnum) + s:count_braces(pnum, 1) * &sw
+        \ - s:count_braces(v:lnum, 0) * &sw
 endfunction
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	    DTD (Document Type Definition for XML)
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2008-07-18
+" Latest Revision:  2011-07-08

 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ function s:indent_to_innermost_parentheses(line, end)
  let end = a:end
  let parentheses = [end - 1]
  while token != ""
-    let [token, end] = s:lex(a:line, end, '^\%([(),|]\|[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+\)[?*+]\=')
+    let [token, end] = s:lex(a:line, end, '^\%([(),|]\|[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+\|#P\=CDATA\|%[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+;\)[?*+]\=')
    if token[0] == '('
      call add(parentheses, end - 1)
    elseif token[0] == ')'
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ function GetDTDIndent()
  let lnum = line('.')
  let col = col('.')
  let indent = indent('.')
-  let line = join(getline(lnum, v:lnum - 1), "\n")
+  let line = lnum == v:lnum ? getline(lnum) : join(getline(lnum, v:lnum - 1), "\n")

  let [declaration, end] = s:lex1(line, col)
  if declaration == ""
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ function GetDTDIndent()
    " Check for token following element name.  This can be a specification of
    " whether the start or end tag may be omitted.  If nothing is found, indent
    " one level.
-    let [token, end] = s:lex(line, end)
+    let [token, end] = s:lex(line, end, '^\%([-O(]\|ANY\|EMPTY\)')
    let n = 0
    while token =~ '[-O]' && n < 2
      let [token, end] = s:lex(line, end, '^\%([-O(]\|ANY\|EMPTY\)')
@@ -214,8 +214,7 @@ function GetDTDIndent()

      " Finally look for the attribute’s default value.  If non exists, indent
      " two levels.
-      " TODO: Do validation of keywords (#REQUIRED|#IMPLIED)?
-      let [default, end] = s:lex(line, end, '^\%("\_[^"]*"\|[^[:space:]]\+\)')
+      let [default, end] = s:lex(line, end, '^\%("\_[^"]*"\|#\(REQUIRED\|IMPLIED\|FIXED\)\)')
      if default == ""
        return indent + &sw * 2
      elseif default == '#FIXED'
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: Falcon
+" Maintainer: Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
+" Website: https://steveno@github.com/steveno/falconpl-vim.git
+" Credits: Thanks to the ruby.vim authors, I borrow a lot!
+" Previous Maintainer: Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
+" -----------------------------------------------------------
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 2752 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
+
+"======================================
+"       SETUP
+"======================================
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+" Setup indent function and when to use it
+setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentkeys+==~case,=~catch,=~default,=~elif,=~else,=~end,=~\"
+
+" Define the appropriate indent function but only once
+if exists("*FalconGetIndent")
+    finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+"======================================
+"       VARIABLES
+"======================================
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are strings AND comments
+let s:syng_strcom = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\|Comment\)\>'
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are strings
+let s:syng_string = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\)\>'
+
+" Keywords to indent on
+let s:falcon_indent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|class\|enum\|default\|elif\|else' .
+    \ '\|for\|function\|if.*"[^"]*:.*"\|if \(\(:\)\@!.\)*$\|loop\|object\|select' .
+    \ '\|switch\|try\|while\|\w*\s*=\s*\w*([$\)'
+
+" Keywords to deindent on
+let s:falcon_deindent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|default\|elif\|else\|end\)'
+
+"======================================
+"       FUNCTIONS
+"======================================
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string
+function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
+    return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
+endfunction
+
+"======================================
+"       INDENT ROUTINE
+"======================================
+
+function FalconGetIndent()
+    " Get the line to be indented
+    let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+
+    " Don't reindent comments on first column
+    if cline =~ '^\/\/'
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    " Find the previous non-blank line
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+    " Use zero indent at the top of the file
+    if lnum == 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let prevline=getline(lnum)
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    let chg = 0
+
+    " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything
+    if s:IsInStringOrComment(v:lnum, matchend(cline, '^\s*') + 1 )
+        return indent('.')
+    endif
+
+    " If the start of the line equals a double quote, then indent to the
+    " previous lines first double quote
+    if cline =~? '^\s*"'
+        let chg = chg + &sw
+    endif
+
+    " If previous line started with a double quote and this one
+    " doesn't, unindent
+    if prevline =~? '^\s*"' && cline =~? '^\s*'
+        let chg = chg - &sw
+    endif
+
+    " Indent if proper keyword
+    if prevline =~? s:falcon_indent_keywords
+        let chg = &sw
+    " If previous line opened a parenthesis, and did not close it, indent
+    elseif prevline =~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
+        " Make sure this isn't just a function split between two lines
+        if prevline =~ ',\s*$'
+            return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)) + &sw
+        else
+            return match(prevline, '(.*\((.*)\|[^)]\)*.*$') + 1
+        endif
+    elseif prevline =~ '^[^(]*)\s*$'
+        " This line closes a parenthesis. Finds opening.
+        let curr_line = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+        while curr_line >= 0
+            let str = getline(curr_line)
+            if str !~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
+                let curr_line = prevnonblank(curr_line - 1)
+            else
+                break
+            endif
+        endwhile
+        if curr_line < 0
+            return -1
+        endif
+        let ind = indent(curr_line)
+    endif
+
+    " If previous line ends in a semi-colon reset indent to previous
+    " lines setting
+    if prevline =~? ';\s*$' && prevnonblank(prevline) =~? ',\s*$'
+        return chg = chg - (2 * &sw)
+    endif
+
+    " If previous line ended in a comma, indent again
+    if prevline =~? ',\s*$'
+        let chg = chg + &sw
+    endif
+
+    " If previous line ended in a =>, indent again
+    if prevline =~? '=>\s*$'
+        let chg = chg + &sw
+    endif
+
+    " Deindent on proper keywords
+    if cline =~? s:falcon_deindent_keywords
+        let chg = chg - &sw
+    endif
+
+    return ind + chg
+endfunction
+
+" vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Fortran95 (and Fortran90, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.38
-" Last Change:	2010 July 21
+" Version:	0.39
+" Last Change:	2011 May 30
 " Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-indent from Vim

@@ -12,8 +12,14 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1

 setlocal indentkeys+==~end,=~case,=~if,=~else,=~do,=~where,=~elsewhere,=~select
-setlocal indentkeys+==~endif,=~enddo,=~endwhere,=~endselect
-setlocal indentkeys+==~type,=~interface
+setlocal indentkeys+==~endif,=~enddo,=~endwhere,=~endselect,=~elseif
+setlocal indentkeys+==~type,=~interface,=~forall,=~associate,=~block,=~enum
+setlocal indentkeys+==~endforall,=~endassociate,=~endblock,=~endenum
+if exists("b:fortran_indent_more") || exists("g:fortran_indent_more")
+  setlocal indentkeys+==~function,=~subroutine,=~module,=~contains,=~program
+  setlocal indentkeys+==~endfunction,=~endsubroutine,=~endmodule
+  setlocal indentkeys+==~endprogram
+endif

 " Determine whether this is a fixed or free format source file
 " if this hasn't been done yet
@@ -69,6 +75,8 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
  let prevline=getline(a:lnum)
  " Strip tail comment
  let prevstat=substitute(prevline, '!.*$', '', '')
+  let prev2line=getline(a:lnum-1)
+  let prev2stat=substitute(prev2line, '!.*$', '', '')

  "Indent do loops only if they are all guaranteed to be of do/end do type
  if exists("b:fortran_do_enddo") || exists("g:fortran_do_enddo")
@@ -80,31 +88,62 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
    endif
  endif

-  "Add a shiftwidth to statements following if, else, case,
-  "where, elsewhere, type and interface statements
-  if prevstat =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*\(else\|case\|where\|elsewhere\)\>'
-	\ ||prevstat =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*\(type\|interface\)\>'
-	\ || prevstat =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*\(\a\w*\s*:\)\=\s*if\>'
+  "Add a shiftwidth to statements following if, else, else if, case,
+  "where, else where, forall, type, interface and associate statements
+  if prevstat =~? '^\s*\(case\|else\|else\s*if\|else\s*where\)\>'
+	\ ||prevstat=~? '^\s*\(type\|interface\|associate\|enum\)\>'
+	\ ||prevstat=~?'^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*\(\a\w*\s*:\)\=\s*\(forall\|where\|block\)\>'
+	\ ||prevstat=~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*\(\a\w*\s*:\)\=\s*if\>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
    " Remove unwanted indent after logical and arithmetic ifs
    if prevstat =~? '\<if\>' && prevstat !~? '\<then\>'
      let ind = ind - &sw
    endif
    " Remove unwanted indent after type( statements
-    if prevstat =~? '\<type\s*('
+    if prevstat =~? '^\s*type\s*('
      let ind = ind - &sw
    endif
  endif

-  "Subtract a shiftwidth from else, elsewhere, case, end if,
-  " end where, end select, end interface and end type statements
-  if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*'
-	\. '\(else\|elsewhere\|case\|end\s*\(if\|where\|select\|interface\|type\)\)\>'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
-    " Fix indent for case statement immediately after select
-    if prevstat =~? '\<select\>'
+  "Indent program units unless instructed otherwise
+  if !exists("b:fortran_indent_less") && !exists("g:fortran_indent_less")
+    let prefix='\(\(pure\|impure\|elemental\|recursive\)\s\+\)\{,2}'
+    let type='\(\(integer\|real\|double\s\+precision\|complex\|logical'
+          \.'\|character\|type\|class\)\s*\S*\s\+\)\='
+    if prevstat =~? '^\s*\(module\|contains\|program\)\>'
+            \ ||prevstat =~? '^\s*'.prefix.'subroutine\>'
+            \ ||prevstat =~? '^\s*'.prefix.type.'function\>'
+            \ ||prevstat =~? '^\s*'.type.prefix.'function\>'
      let ind = ind + &sw
    endif
+    if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*contains\>'
+          \ ||getline(v:lnum)=~? '^\s*end\s*'
+          \ .'\(function\|subroutine\|module\|program\)\>'
+      let ind = ind - &sw
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  "Subtract a shiftwidth from else, else if, elsewhere, case, end if,
+  " end where, end select, end forall, end interface, end associate,
+  " end enum, and end type statements
+  if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*'
+        \. '\(else\|else\s*if\|else\s*where\|case\|'
+        \. 'end\s*\(if\|where\|select\|interface\|'
+        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\)\)\>'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+    " Fix indent for case statement immediately after select
+    if prevstat =~? '\<select\s\+\(case\|type\)\>'
+      let ind = ind + &sw
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  "First continuation line
+  if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat !~ '&\s*$'
+    let ind = ind + &sw
+  endif
+  "Line after last continuation line
+  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
  endif

  return ind
@@ -2,7 +2,11 @@
 " Language:    Pascal
 " Maintainer:  Neil Carter <n.carter@swansea.ac.uk>
 " Created:     2004 Jul 13
-" Last Change: 2005 Jul 05
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+"
+" This is version 2.0, a complete rewrite.
+"
+" For further documentation, see http://psy.swansea.ac.uk/staff/carter/vim/


 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -38,7 +42,15 @@ function! s:GetPrevNonCommentLineNum( line_num )
 endfunction


+function! s:PurifyCode( line_num )
+	" Strip any trailing comments and whitespace
+	let pureline = 'TODO'
+	return pureline
+endfunction
+
+
 function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )
+
 	" Line 0 always goes at column 0
 	if a:line_num == 0
 		return 0
@@ -46,128 +58,171 @@ function! GetPascalIndent( line_num )

 	let this_codeline = getline( a:line_num )

-	" If in the middle of a three-part comment
+
+	" SAME INDENT
+
+	" Middle of a three-part comment
 	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\*'
-		return indent( a:line_num )
+		return indent( a:line_num - 1)
 	endif

+
+	" COLUMN 1 ALWAYS
+
+	" Last line of the program
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*end\.'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+	" Compiler directives, allowing "(*" and "{"
+	"if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\({\|(\*\)$\(IFDEF\|IFNDEF\|ELSE\|ENDIF\)'
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\({\|(\*\)\$'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+	" section headers
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(program\|procedure\|function\|type\)\>'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+	" Subroutine separators, lines ending with "const" or "var"
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\((\*\ _\+\ \*)\|\(const\|var\)\)$'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+
+	" OTHERWISE, WE NEED TO LOOK FURTHER BACK...
+
 	let prev_codeline_num = s:GetPrevNonCommentLineNum( a:line_num )
 	let prev_codeline = getline( prev_codeline_num )
 	let indnt = indent( prev_codeline_num )

-	" Compiler directives should always go in column zero.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*{\(\$IFDEF\|\$ELSE\|\$ENDIF\)'
-		return 0
+
+	" INCREASE INDENT
+
+	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent
+	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(type\|const\|var\)$'
+		return indnt + &shiftwidth
 	endif

-	" These items have nothing before or after (not even a comment), and
-	" go on column 0. Make sure that the ^\s* is followed by \( to make
-	" ORs work properly, and not include the start of line (this must
-	" always appear).
-	" The bracketed expression with the underline is a routine
-	" separator. This is one case where we do indent comment lines.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\((\*\ _\+\ \*)\|\<\(const\|var\)\>\)$'
-		return 0
-	endif
-
-	" These items may have text after them, and go on column 0 (in most
-	" cases). The problem is that "function" and "procedure" keywords
-	" should be indented if within a class declaration.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(program\|type\|uses\|procedure\|function\)\>'
-		return 0
-	endif
-
-	" BEGIN
-	" If the begin does not come after "if", "for", or "else", then it
-	" goes in column 0
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*begin\>' && prev_codeline !~ '^\s*\<\(if\|for\|else\)\>'
-		return 0
-	endif
-
-	" These keywords are indented once only.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(private\)\>'
-		return &shiftwidth
-	endif
-
-	" If the PREVIOUS LINE contained these items, the current line is
-	" always indented once.
-	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(type\|uses\)\>'
-		return &shiftwidth
-	endif
-
-	" These keywords are indented once only. Possibly surrounded by
-	" other chars.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^.\+\<\(object\|record\)\>'
-		return &shiftwidth
-	endif
-
-	" If the previous line was indenting...
-	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|if\|case\|else\|end\ else\)\>'
-		" then indent.
-		let indnt = indnt + &shiftwidth
-		" BUT... if this is the start of a multistatement block then we
-		" need to align the begin with the previous line.
-		if this_codeline =~ '^\s*begin\>'
-			return indnt - &shiftwidth
-		endif
-
-		" We also need to keep the indentation level constant if the
-		" whole if-then statement was on one line.
-		if prev_codeline =~ '\<then\>.\+'
-			let indnt = indnt - &shiftwidth
-		endif
-	endif
-
-	" PREVIOUS-LINE BEGIN
-	" If the previous line was an indenting keyword then indent once...
-	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(const\|var\|begin\|repeat\|private\)\>'
-		" But only if this is another var in a list.
-		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*var\>'
+	if prev_codeline =~ '\<repeat$'
+		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*until\>'
 			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		else
+			return indnt
 		endif
 	endif

-	" PREVIOUS-LINE BEGIN
-	" Indent code after a case statement begin
-	if prev_codeline =~ '\:\ begin\>'
+	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(begin\|record\)$'
+		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*end\>'
+			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		else
+			return indnt
+		endif
+	endif
+
+	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended with these items, indent if not
+	" followed by "begin"
+	if prev_codeline =~ '\<\(\|else\|then\|do\)$' || prev_codeline =~ ':$'
+		if this_codeline !~ '^\s*begin\>'
+			return indnt + &shiftwidth
+		else
+			" If it does start with "begin" then keep the same indent
+			"return indnt + &shiftwidth
+			return indnt
+		endif
+	endif
+
+	" Inside a parameter list (i.e. a "(" without a ")"). ???? Considers
+	" only the line before the current one. TODO: Get it working for
+	" parameter lists longer than two lines.
+	if prev_codeline =~ '([^)]\+$'
 		return indnt + &shiftwidth
 	endif

-	" These words may have text before them on the line (hence the .*)
-	" but are followed by nothing. Always indent once only.
-	if prev_codeline =~ '^\(.*\|\s*\)\<\(object\|record\)\>$'
-		return indnt + &shiftwidth
-	endif

-	" If we just closed a bracket that started on a previous line, then
-	" unindent. But don't return yet -- we need to check for further
-	" unindentation (for end/until/else)
-	if prev_codeline =~ '^[^(]*[^*])'
-		let indnt = indnt - &shiftwidth
-	endif
+	" DECREASE INDENT

-	" At the end of a block, we have to unindent both the current line
-	" (the "end" for instance) and the newly-created line.
-	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\<\(end\|until\|else\)\>'
+	" Lines starting with "else", but not following line ending with
+	" "end".
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*else\>' && prev_codeline !~ '\<end$'
 		return indnt - &shiftwidth
 	endif

-	" If we have opened a bracket and it continues over one line,
-	" then indent once.
-	"
-	" RE = an opening bracket followed by any amount of anything other
-	" than a closing bracket and then the end-of-line.
-	"
-	" If we didn't include the end of line, this RE would match even
-	" closed brackets, since it would match everything up to the closing
-	" bracket.
-	"
-	" This test isn't clever enough to handle brackets inside strings or
-	" comments.
-	if prev_codeline =~ '([^*]\=[^)]*$'
+	" Lines after a single-statement branch/loop.
+	" Two lines before ended in "then", "else", or "do"
+	" Previous line didn't end in "begin"
+	let prev2_codeline_num = s:GetPrevNonCommentLineNum( prev_codeline_num )
+	let prev2_codeline = getline( prev2_codeline_num )
+	if prev2_codeline =~ '\<\(then\|else\|do\)$' && prev_codeline !~ '\<begin$'
+		" If the next code line after a single statement branch/loop
+		" starts with "end", "except" or "finally", we need an
+		" additional unindentation.
+		if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end;\|except\|finally\|\)$'
+			" Note that we don't return from here.
+			return indnt - &shiftwidth - &shiftwidth
+		endif
+		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+	endif
+
+	" Lines starting with "until" or "end". This rule must be overridden
+	" by the one for "end" after a single-statement branch/loop. In
+	" other words that rule should come before this one.
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(end\|until\)\>'
+		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+	endif
+
+
+	" MISCELLANEOUS THINGS TO CATCH
+
+	" Most "begin"s will have been handled by now. Any remaining
+	" "begin"s on their own line should go in column 1.
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*begin$'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+
+" ____________________________________________________________________
+" Object/Borland Pascal/Delphi Extensions
+"
+" Note that extended-pascal is handled here, unless it is simpler to
+" handle them in the standard-pascal section above.
+
+
+	" COLUMN 1 ALWAYS
+
+	" section headers at start of line.
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(interface\|implementation\|uses\|unit\)\>'
+		return 0
+	endif
+
+
+	" INDENT ONCE
+
+	" If the PREVIOUS LINE ended in these items, always indent.
+	if prev_codeline =~ '^\s*\(unit\|uses\|try\|except\|finally\|private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
 		return indnt + &shiftwidth
 	endif

+	" ???? Indent "procedure" and "functions" if they appear within an
+	" class/object definition. But that means overriding standard-pascal
+	" rule where these words always go in column 1.
+
+
+	" UNINDENT ONCE
+
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(except\|finally\)$'
+		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+	endif
+
+	if this_codeline =~ '^\s*\(private\|protected\|public\|published\)$'
+		return indnt - &shiftwidth
+	endif
+
+
+" ____________________________________________________________________
+
+	" If nothing changed, return same indent.
 	return indnt
 endfunction

@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	R
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Aug 31, 2011  12:24AM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_r_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_r_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRIndent()
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetRIndent")
+    finish
+endif
+
+" Options to make the indentation more similar to Emacs/ESS:
+if !exists("g:r_indent_align_args")
+    let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:r_indent_ess_comments")
+    let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:r_indent_comment_column")
+    let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
+endif
+if ! exists("g:r_indent_ess_compatible")
+    let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+endif
+
+function s:RDelete_quotes(line)
+    let i = 0
+    let j = 0
+    let line1 = ""
+    let llen = strlen(a:line)
+    while i < llen
+        if a:line[i] == '"'
+            let i += 1
+            let line1 = line1 . 's'
+            while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+                let i += 1
+            endwhile
+            if a:line[i] == '"'
+                let i += 1
+            endif
+        else
+            if a:line[i] == "'"
+                let i += 1
+                let line1 = line1 . 's'
+                while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+                    let i += 1
+                endwhile
+                if a:line[i] == "'"
+                    let i += 1
+                endif
+            else
+                if a:line[i] == "`"
+                    let i += 1
+                    let line1 = line1 . 's'
+                    while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
+                        let i += 1
+                    endwhile
+                    if a:line[i] == "`"
+                        let i += 1
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
+        if i == llen
+            break
+        endif
+        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        let j += 1
+        let i += 1
+    endwhile
+    return line1
+endfunction
+
+" Convert foo(bar()) int foo()
+function s:RDelete_parens(line)
+    if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
+        return a:line
+    endif
+    let i = 0
+    let j = 0
+    let line1 = ""
+    let llen = strlen(a:line)
+    while i < llen
+        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        if a:line[i] == '('
+            let nop = 1
+            while nop > 0 && i < llen
+                let i += 1
+                if a:line[i] == ')'
+                    let nop -= 1
+                else
+                    if a:line[i] == '('
+                        let nop += 1 
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endwhile
+            let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        endif
+        let i += 1
+    endwhile
+    return line1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_paren_balance(line, o, c)
+    let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
+    let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
+    let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
+    let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+    return openp - closep
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_matching_brace(linenr, o, c, delbrace)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+    if a:delbrace == 1
+        let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
+    endif
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
+    let i = a:linenr
+    while pb != 0 && i > 1
+        let i -= 1
+        let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
+    endwhile
+    return i
+endfunction
+
+" This function is buggy because there 'if's without 'else'
+" It must be rewritten relying more on indentation
+function! s:Get_matching_if(linenr, delif)
+"    let filenm = expand("%")
+"    call writefile([filenm], "/tmp/matching_if_" . a:linenr)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+    if a:delif
+        let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
+    endif
+    let elsenr = 0
+    let i = a:linenr
+    let ifhere = 0
+    while i > 0
+        let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
+        let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+        if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
+            let elsenr -= 1
+            if elsenr == 0
+                let ifhere = i
+                break
+            endif
+        endif
+        let i -= 1
+        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
+    endwhile
+    if ifhere
+        return ifhere
+    else
+        return a:linenr
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, o, c, pb)
+    let blc = a:pb
+    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+    let theidx = -1
+    let llen = strlen(line)
+    let idx = 0
+    while idx < llen
+        if line[idx] == a:o
+            let blc -= 1
+            if blc == 0
+                let theidx = idx
+            endif
+        else
+            if line[idx] == a:c
+                let blc += 1
+            endif
+        endif
+        let idx += 1
+    endwhile
+    return theidx + 1
+endfunction
+
+" Get previous relevant line. Search back until getting a line that isn't
+" comment or blank
+function s:Get_prev_line(lineno)
+    let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+    let data = getline( lnum )
+    while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
+        let lnum = lnum - 1
+        let data = getline( lnum )
+    endwhile
+    return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" This function is also used by r-plugin/common_global.vim
+" Delete from '#' to the end of the line, unless the '#' is inside a string.
+function SanitizeRLine(line)
+    let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
+    let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+    return newline
+endfunction
+
+function GetRIndent()
+
+    let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+
+    let cline = getline(clnum)
+    if cline =~ '^\s*#'
+        if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
+            if cline =~ '^\s*###'
+                return 0
+            endif
+            if cline !~ '^\s*##'
+                return g:r_indent_comment_column
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
+        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
+        if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
+            let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
+            if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
+                return indent(indline)
+            else
+                let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
+                return indent(indline)
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " Find the first non blank line above the current line
+    let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
+    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+    if lnum == 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+
+    if &filetype == "rhelp"
+        if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
+            return 0
+        endif
+        if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
+            return 0
+        endif
+        if line =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
+            let line = substitute(line, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+        if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
+            let nlnum = lnum
+            let nline = line
+            while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
+                let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
+                let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
+            endwhile
+            if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
+                return 0
+            endif
+        endif
+        if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " line is an incomplete command:
+    if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
+
+    " Deal with () and []
+
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+
+    if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
+
+    let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
+
+    let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
+    if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
+
+        if pb == 0 && bb == 0 && (line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$' || cline =~ '^\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]')
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+
+        if pb > 0
+            if &filetype == "rhelp"
+                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
+            else
+                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
+            endif
+            return ind
+        endif
+
+        if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+            while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
+                let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+                let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+                let ind = strlen(line)
+                while ind > 0
+                    if line[ind] == ')'
+                        let pb -= 1
+                    else
+                        if line[ind] == '('
+                            let pb += 1
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                    if pb == 1
+                        return ind + 1
+                    endif
+                    let ind -= 1
+                endwhile
+                let lnum -= 1
+            endwhile
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        if bb > 0
+            let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
+            return ind
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let post_block = 0
+    if line =~ '}$'
+        let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+        if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
+            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+            let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+        endif
+        let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+        let post_block = 1
+    endif
+
+    let post_fun = 0
+    if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+        let post_fun = 1
+        while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
+            let lnum -= 1
+            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+            let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+            let line = linepiece . line
+        endwhile
+        if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
+            return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        endif
+
+        " Now we can do some tests again
+        if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+        if post_block == 0
+            let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
+            if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
+                return indent(lnum) + &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*else'
+        if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
+            return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        else
+            if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
+                return indent(lnum)
+            else
+                return indent(lnum) - &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
+        while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
+            let lnum -= 1
+            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+            let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
+            let line = linepiece . line
+        endwhile
+        let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+    endif
+
+    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+    let ppost_else = 0
+    if plnum > 0
+        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        let ppost_block = 0
+        if pline =~ '}$'
+            let ppost_block = 1
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
+            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+            if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
+                let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        if pline =~ 'else$'
+            let ppost_else = 1
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
+            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        endif
+
+        if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
+            let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+            let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
+                let plnum = pplnum
+                let pline = ppline
+                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            endwhile
+            while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
+                let plnum = pplnum
+                let pline = ppline
+                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            endwhile
+        endif
+
+        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+        if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
+            while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
+                let plnum -= 1
+                let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+                let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+                let pline = linepiece . pline
+            endwhile
+            let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    let pind = indent(plnum)
+
+    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
+        let ind += pb * &sw
+        return ind
+    endif
+
+    if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
+        return ind
+    endif
+
+    while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0
+        let ind = pind
+        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let pline = getline(plnum)
+        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+        while pline =~ '^\s*else'
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
+            let pline = getline(plnum)
+            let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+        endwhile
+        let pind = indent(plnum)
+        if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
+            return ind
+        endif
+    endwhile
+
+    return ind
+
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=4
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:         reStructuredText Documentation Format
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Latest Revision:  2011-08-03

 if exists("b:did_indent")
  finish
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ if exists("*GetRSTIndent")
  finish
 endif

+let s:itemization_pattern = '^\s*[-*+]\s'
+let s:enumeration_pattern = '^\s*\%(\d\+\|#\)\.\s\+'
+
 function GetRSTIndent()
  let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
  if lnum == 0
@@ -25,27 +28,30 @@ function GetRSTIndent()
  let ind = indent(lnum)
  let line = getline(lnum)

-  if line =~ '^\s*[-*+]\s'
-    let ind = ind + 2
-  elseif line =~ '^\s*\d\+.\s'
-    let ind = ind + matchend(substitute(line, '^\s*', '', ''), '\d\+.\s\+')
+  if line =~ s:itemization_pattern
+    let ind += 2
+  elseif line =~ s:enumeration_pattern
+    let ind += matchend(line, s:enumeration_pattern)
  endif

  let line = getline(v:lnum - 1)

+  " Indent :FIELD: lines.  Don’t match if there is no text after the field or
+  " if the text ends with a sent-ender.
+   if line =~ '^:.\+:\s\{-1,\}\S.\+[^.!?:]$'
+     return matchend(line, '^:.\{-1,}:\s\+')
+   endif
+
  if line =~ '^\s*$'
    execute lnum
-    call search('^\s*\%([-*+]\s\|\d\+.\s\|\.\.\|$\)', 'bW')
+    call search('^\s*\%([-*+]\s\|\%(\d\+\|#\)\.\s\|\.\.\|$\)', 'bW')
    let line = getline('.')
-    if line =~ '^\s*[-*+]'
-      let ind = ind - 2
-    elseif line =~ '^\s*\d\+\.\s'
-      let ind = ind - matchend(substitute(line, '^\s*', '', ''),
-            \ '\d\+\.\s\+')
+    if line =~ s:itemization_pattern
+      let ind -= 2
+    elseif line =~ s:enumeration_pattern
+      let ind -= matchend(line, s:enumeration_pattern)
    elseif line =~ '^\s*\.\.'
-      let ind = ind - 3
-    else
-      let ind = ind
+      let ind -= 3
    endif
  endif

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:         Treetop
+" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:  2011-03-14
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetTreetopIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O,=end
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+if exists("*GetTreetopIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetTreetopIndent()
+  let pnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+  if pnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let ind = indent(pnum)
+  let line = getline(pnum)
+
+  if line =~ '^\s*\%(grammar\|module\|rule\)\>'
+    let ind += &sw
+  endif
+
+  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+  if line =~ '^\s*end\>'
+    let ind -= &sw
+  end
+
+  retur ind
+endfunction
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More